Guy Benyei | 736104a | 2012-12-18 12:30:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 1 | //===- CIndex.cpp - Clang-C Source Indexing Library -----------------------===//
|
| 2 | //
|
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
|
| 4 | //
|
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
|
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
|
| 7 | //
|
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 9 | //
|
| 10 | // This file implements the main API hooks in the Clang-C Source Indexing
|
| 11 | // library.
|
| 12 | //
|
| 13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 14 |
|
| 15 | #include "CIndexer.h"
|
| 16 | #include "CIndexDiagnostic.h"
|
| 17 | #include "CXComment.h"
|
| 18 | #include "CXCursor.h"
|
| 19 | #include "CXSourceLocation.h"
|
| 20 | #include "CXString.h"
|
| 21 | #include "CXTranslationUnit.h"
|
| 22 | #include "CXType.h"
|
| 23 | #include "CursorVisitor.h"
|
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
|
| 25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
|
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/Version.h"
|
| 27 | #include "clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h"
|
| 28 | #include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h"
|
| 29 | #include "clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h"
|
| 30 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
|
| 31 | #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
|
| 32 | #include "clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h"
|
| 33 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
|
| 34 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
|
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
|
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
|
| 37 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
|
| 38 | #include "llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h"
|
| 39 | #include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
|
| 40 | #include "llvm/Support/Mutex.h"
|
| 41 | #include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
|
| 42 | #include "llvm/Support/Program.h"
|
| 43 | #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
|
| 44 | #include "llvm/Support/Signals.h"
|
| 45 | #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h"
|
| 46 | #include "llvm/Support/Timer.h"
|
| 47 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
|
| 48 |
|
| 49 | using namespace clang;
|
| 50 | using namespace clang::cxcursor;
|
| 51 | using namespace clang::cxstring;
|
| 52 | using namespace clang::cxtu;
|
| 53 | using namespace clang::cxindex;
|
| 54 |
|
| 55 | CXTranslationUnit cxtu::MakeCXTranslationUnit(CIndexer *CIdx, ASTUnit *TU) {
|
| 56 | if (!TU)
|
| 57 | return 0;
|
| 58 | CXTranslationUnit D = new CXTranslationUnitImpl();
|
| 59 | D->CIdx = CIdx;
|
| 60 | D->TUData = TU;
|
| 61 | D->StringPool = createCXStringPool();
|
| 62 | D->Diagnostics = 0;
|
| 63 | D->OverridenCursorsPool = createOverridenCXCursorsPool();
|
| 64 | return D;
|
| 65 | }
|
| 66 |
|
| 67 | cxtu::CXTUOwner::~CXTUOwner() {
|
| 68 | if (TU)
|
| 69 | clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
|
| 70 | }
|
| 71 |
|
| 72 | /// \brief Compare two source ranges to determine their relative position in
|
| 73 | /// the translation unit.
|
| 74 | static RangeComparisonResult RangeCompare(SourceManager &SM,
|
| 75 | SourceRange R1,
|
| 76 | SourceRange R2) {
|
| 77 | assert(R1.isValid() && "First range is invalid?");
|
| 78 | assert(R2.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?");
|
| 79 | if (R1.getEnd() != R2.getBegin() &&
|
| 80 | SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R1.getEnd(), R2.getBegin()))
|
| 81 | return RangeBefore;
|
| 82 | if (R2.getEnd() != R1.getBegin() &&
|
| 83 | SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R2.getEnd(), R1.getBegin()))
|
| 84 | return RangeAfter;
|
| 85 | return RangeOverlap;
|
| 86 | }
|
| 87 |
|
| 88 | /// \brief Determine if a source location falls within, before, or after a
|
| 89 | /// a given source range.
|
| 90 | static RangeComparisonResult LocationCompare(SourceManager &SM,
|
| 91 | SourceLocation L, SourceRange R) {
|
| 92 | assert(R.isValid() && "First range is invalid?");
|
| 93 | assert(L.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?");
|
| 94 | if (L == R.getBegin() || L == R.getEnd())
|
| 95 | return RangeOverlap;
|
| 96 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, R.getBegin()))
|
| 97 | return RangeBefore;
|
| 98 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R.getEnd(), L))
|
| 99 | return RangeAfter;
|
| 100 | return RangeOverlap;
|
| 101 | }
|
| 102 |
|
| 103 | /// \brief Translate a Clang source range into a CIndex source range.
|
| 104 | ///
|
| 105 | /// Clang internally represents ranges where the end location points to the
|
| 106 | /// start of the token at the end. However, for external clients it is more
|
| 107 | /// useful to have a CXSourceRange be a proper half-open interval. This routine
|
| 108 | /// does the appropriate translation.
|
| 109 | CXSourceRange cxloc::translateSourceRange(const SourceManager &SM,
|
| 110 | const LangOptions &LangOpts,
|
| 111 | const CharSourceRange &R) {
|
| 112 | // We want the last character in this location, so we will adjust the
|
| 113 | // location accordingly.
|
| 114 | SourceLocation EndLoc = R.getEnd();
|
| 115 | if (EndLoc.isValid() && EndLoc.isMacroID() && !SM.isMacroArgExpansion(EndLoc))
|
| 116 | EndLoc = SM.getExpansionRange(EndLoc).second;
|
| 117 | if (R.isTokenRange() && !EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
|
| 118 | unsigned Length = Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(SM.getSpellingLoc(EndLoc),
|
| 119 | SM, LangOpts);
|
| 120 | EndLoc = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(Length);
|
| 121 | }
|
| 122 |
|
| 123 | CXSourceRange Result = { { (void *)&SM, (void *)&LangOpts },
|
| 124 | R.getBegin().getRawEncoding(),
|
| 125 | EndLoc.getRawEncoding() };
|
| 126 | return Result;
|
| 127 | }
|
| 128 |
|
| 129 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 130 | // Cursor visitor.
|
| 131 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 132 |
|
| 133 | static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C);
|
| 134 | static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr);
|
| 135 |
|
| 136 |
|
| 137 | RangeComparisonResult CursorVisitor::CompareRegionOfInterest(SourceRange R) {
|
| 138 | return RangeCompare(AU->getSourceManager(), R, RegionOfInterest);
|
| 139 | }
|
| 140 |
|
| 141 | /// \brief Visit the given cursor and, if requested by the visitor,
|
| 142 | /// its children.
|
| 143 | ///
|
| 144 | /// \param Cursor the cursor to visit.
|
| 145 | ///
|
| 146 | /// \param CheckedRegionOfInterest if true, then the caller already checked
|
| 147 | /// that this cursor is within the region of interest.
|
| 148 | ///
|
| 149 | /// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it
|
| 150 | /// should continue.
|
| 151 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit(CXCursor Cursor, bool CheckedRegionOfInterest) {
|
| 152 | if (clang_isInvalid(Cursor.kind))
|
| 153 | return false;
|
| 154 |
|
| 155 | if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) {
|
| 156 | Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor);
|
| 157 | if (!D) {
|
| 158 | assert(0 && "Invalid declaration cursor");
|
| 159 | return true; // abort.
|
| 160 | }
|
| 161 |
|
| 162 | // Ignore implicit declarations, unless it's an objc method because
|
| 163 | // currently we should report implicit methods for properties when indexing.
|
| 164 | if (D->isImplicit() && !isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
|
| 165 | return false;
|
| 166 | }
|
| 167 |
|
| 168 | // If we have a range of interest, and this cursor doesn't intersect with it,
|
| 169 | // we're done.
|
| 170 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid() && !CheckedRegionOfInterest) {
|
| 171 | SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(Cursor);
|
| 172 | if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range))
|
| 173 | return false;
|
| 174 | }
|
| 175 |
|
| 176 | switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) {
|
| 177 | case CXChildVisit_Break:
|
| 178 | return true;
|
| 179 |
|
| 180 | case CXChildVisit_Continue:
|
| 181 | return false;
|
| 182 |
|
| 183 | case CXChildVisit_Recurse: {
|
| 184 | bool ret = VisitChildren(Cursor);
|
| 185 | if (PostChildrenVisitor)
|
| 186 | if (PostChildrenVisitor(Cursor, ClientData))
|
| 187 | return true;
|
| 188 | return ret;
|
| 189 | }
|
| 190 | }
|
| 191 |
|
| 192 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXChildVisitResult!");
|
| 193 | }
|
| 194 |
|
| 195 | static bool visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange R,
|
| 196 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
|
| 197 | CursorVisitor &Visitor) {
|
| 198 | SourceManager &SM = Visitor.getASTUnit()->getSourceManager();
|
| 199 | FileID FID;
|
| 200 |
|
| 201 | if (!Visitor.shouldVisitIncludedEntities()) {
|
| 202 | // If the begin/end of the range lie in the same FileID, do the optimization
|
| 203 | // where we skip preprocessed entities that do not come from the same FileID.
|
| 204 | FID = SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getBegin()));
|
| 205 | if (FID != SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getEnd())))
|
| 206 | FID = FileID();
|
| 207 | }
|
| 208 |
|
| 209 | std::pair<PreprocessingRecord::iterator, PreprocessingRecord::iterator>
|
| 210 | Entities = PPRec.getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(R);
|
| 211 | return Visitor.visitPreprocessedEntities(Entities.first, Entities.second,
|
| 212 | PPRec, FID);
|
| 213 | }
|
| 214 |
|
| 215 | void CursorVisitor::visitFileRegion() {
|
| 216 | if (RegionOfInterest.isInvalid())
|
| 217 | return;
|
| 218 |
|
| 219 | ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 220 | SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
|
| 221 |
|
| 222 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned>
|
| 223 | Begin = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin())),
|
| 224 | End = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd()));
|
| 225 |
|
| 226 | if (End.first != Begin.first) {
|
| 227 | // If the end does not reside in the same file, try to recover by
|
| 228 | // picking the end of the file of begin location.
|
| 229 | End.first = Begin.first;
|
| 230 | End.second = SM.getFileIDSize(Begin.first);
|
| 231 | }
|
| 232 |
|
| 233 | assert(Begin.first == End.first);
|
| 234 | if (Begin.second > End.second)
|
| 235 | return;
|
| 236 |
|
| 237 | FileID File = Begin.first;
|
| 238 | unsigned Offset = Begin.second;
|
| 239 | unsigned Length = End.second - Begin.second;
|
| 240 |
|
| 241 | if (!VisitDeclsOnly && !VisitPreprocessorLast)
|
| 242 | if (visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion())
|
| 243 | return; // visitation break.
|
| 244 |
|
| 245 | visitDeclsFromFileRegion(File, Offset, Length);
|
| 246 |
|
| 247 | if (!VisitDeclsOnly && VisitPreprocessorLast)
|
| 248 | visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
|
| 249 | }
|
| 250 |
|
| 251 | static bool isInLexicalContext(Decl *D, DeclContext *DC) {
|
| 252 | if (!DC)
|
| 253 | return false;
|
| 254 |
|
| 255 | for (DeclContext *DeclDC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
|
| 256 | DeclDC; DeclDC = DeclDC->getLexicalParent()) {
|
| 257 | if (DeclDC == DC)
|
| 258 | return true;
|
| 259 | }
|
| 260 | return false;
|
| 261 | }
|
| 262 |
|
| 263 | void CursorVisitor::visitDeclsFromFileRegion(FileID File,
|
| 264 | unsigned Offset, unsigned Length) {
|
| 265 | ASTUnit *Unit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 266 | SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager();
|
| 267 | SourceRange Range = RegionOfInterest;
|
| 268 |
|
| 269 | SmallVector<Decl *, 16> Decls;
|
| 270 | Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls);
|
| 271 |
|
| 272 | // If we didn't find any file level decls for the file, try looking at the
|
| 273 | // file that it was included from.
|
| 274 | while (Decls.empty() || Decls.front()->isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer()) {
|
| 275 | bool Invalid = false;
|
| 276 | const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &SLEntry = SM.getSLocEntry(File, &Invalid);
|
| 277 | if (Invalid)
|
| 278 | return;
|
| 279 |
|
| 280 | SourceLocation Outer;
|
| 281 | if (SLEntry.isFile())
|
| 282 | Outer = SLEntry.getFile().getIncludeLoc();
|
| 283 | else
|
| 284 | Outer = SLEntry.getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart();
|
| 285 | if (Outer.isInvalid())
|
| 286 | return;
|
| 287 |
|
| 288 | llvm::tie(File, Offset) = SM.getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Outer);
|
| 289 | Length = 0;
|
| 290 | Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls);
|
| 291 | }
|
| 292 |
|
| 293 | assert(!Decls.empty());
|
| 294 |
|
| 295 | bool VisitedAtLeastOnce = false;
|
| 296 | DeclContext *CurDC = 0;
|
| 297 | SmallVector<Decl *, 16>::iterator DIt = Decls.begin();
|
| 298 | for (SmallVector<Decl *, 16>::iterator DE = Decls.end(); DIt != DE; ++DIt) {
|
| 299 | Decl *D = *DIt;
|
| 300 | if (D->getSourceRange().isInvalid())
|
| 301 | continue;
|
| 302 |
|
| 303 | if (isInLexicalContext(D, CurDC))
|
| 304 | continue;
|
| 305 |
|
| 306 | CurDC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D);
|
| 307 |
|
| 308 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
|
| 309 | if (!TD->isFreeStanding())
|
| 310 | continue;
|
| 311 |
|
| 312 | RangeComparisonResult CompRes = RangeCompare(SM, D->getSourceRange(),Range);
|
| 313 | if (CompRes == RangeBefore)
|
| 314 | continue;
|
| 315 | if (CompRes == RangeAfter)
|
| 316 | break;
|
| 317 |
|
| 318 | assert(CompRes == RangeOverlap);
|
| 319 | VisitedAtLeastOnce = true;
|
| 320 |
|
| 321 | if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D)) {
|
| 322 | FileDI_current = &DIt;
|
| 323 | FileDE_current = DE;
|
| 324 | } else {
|
| 325 | FileDI_current = 0;
|
| 326 | }
|
| 327 |
|
| 328 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true))
|
| 329 | break;
|
| 330 | }
|
| 331 |
|
| 332 | if (VisitedAtLeastOnce)
|
| 333 | return;
|
| 334 |
|
| 335 | // No Decls overlapped with the range. Move up the lexical context until there
|
| 336 | // is a context that contains the range or we reach the translation unit
|
| 337 | // level.
|
| 338 | DeclContext *DC = DIt == Decls.begin() ? (*DIt)->getLexicalDeclContext()
|
| 339 | : (*(DIt-1))->getLexicalDeclContext();
|
| 340 |
|
| 341 | while (DC && !DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
|
| 342 | Decl *D = cast<Decl>(DC);
|
| 343 | SourceRange CurDeclRange = D->getSourceRange();
|
| 344 | if (CurDeclRange.isInvalid())
|
| 345 | break;
|
| 346 |
|
| 347 | if (RangeCompare(SM, CurDeclRange, Range) == RangeOverlap) {
|
| 348 | Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true);
|
| 349 | break;
|
| 350 | }
|
| 351 |
|
| 352 | DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
|
| 353 | }
|
| 354 | }
|
| 355 |
|
| 356 | bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion() {
|
| 357 | if (!AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord())
|
| 358 | return false;
|
| 359 |
|
| 360 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec
|
| 361 | = *AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord();
|
| 362 | SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager();
|
| 363 |
|
| 364 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
|
| 365 | SourceRange MappedRange = AU->mapRangeToPreamble(RegionOfInterest);
|
| 366 | SourceLocation B = MappedRange.getBegin();
|
| 367 | SourceLocation E = MappedRange.getEnd();
|
| 368 |
|
| 369 | if (AU->isInPreambleFileID(B)) {
|
| 370 | if (SM.isLoadedSourceLocation(E))
|
| 371 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E),
|
| 372 | PPRec, *this);
|
| 373 |
|
| 374 | // Beginning of range lies in the preamble but it also extends beyond
|
| 375 | // it into the main file. Split the range into 2 parts, one covering
|
| 376 | // the preamble and another covering the main file. This allows subsequent
|
| 377 | // calls to visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange to accept a source range that
|
| 378 | // lies in the same FileID, allowing it to skip preprocessed entities that
|
| 379 | // do not come from the same FileID.
|
| 380 | bool breaked =
|
| 381 | visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(
|
| 382 | SourceRange(B, AU->getEndOfPreambleFileID()),
|
| 383 | PPRec, *this);
|
| 384 | if (breaked) return true;
|
| 385 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(
|
| 386 | SourceRange(AU->getStartOfMainFileID(), E),
|
| 387 | PPRec, *this);
|
| 388 | }
|
| 389 |
|
| 390 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E), PPRec, *this);
|
| 391 | }
|
| 392 |
|
| 393 | bool OnlyLocalDecls
|
| 394 | = !AU->isMainFileAST() && AU->getOnlyLocalDecls();
|
| 395 |
|
| 396 | if (OnlyLocalDecls)
|
| 397 | return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.local_begin(), PPRec.local_end(),
|
| 398 | PPRec);
|
| 399 |
|
| 400 | return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.begin(), PPRec.end(), PPRec);
|
| 401 | }
|
| 402 |
|
| 403 | template<typename InputIterator>
|
| 404 | bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntities(InputIterator First,
|
| 405 | InputIterator Last,
|
| 406 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec,
|
| 407 | FileID FID) {
|
| 408 | for (; First != Last; ++First) {
|
| 409 | if (!FID.isInvalid() && !PPRec.isEntityInFileID(First, FID))
|
| 410 | continue;
|
| 411 |
|
| 412 | PreprocessedEntity *PPE = *First;
|
| 413 | if (MacroExpansion *ME = dyn_cast<MacroExpansion>(PPE)) {
|
| 414 | if (Visit(MakeMacroExpansionCursor(ME, TU)))
|
| 415 | return true;
|
| 416 |
|
| 417 | continue;
|
| 418 | }
|
| 419 |
|
| 420 | if (MacroDefinition *MD = dyn_cast<MacroDefinition>(PPE)) {
|
| 421 | if (Visit(MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(MD, TU)))
|
| 422 | return true;
|
| 423 |
|
| 424 | continue;
|
| 425 | }
|
| 426 |
|
| 427 | if (InclusionDirective *ID = dyn_cast<InclusionDirective>(PPE)) {
|
| 428 | if (Visit(MakeInclusionDirectiveCursor(ID, TU)))
|
| 429 | return true;
|
| 430 |
|
| 431 | continue;
|
| 432 | }
|
| 433 | }
|
| 434 |
|
| 435 | return false;
|
| 436 | }
|
| 437 |
|
| 438 | /// \brief Visit the children of the given cursor.
|
| 439 | ///
|
| 440 | /// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it
|
| 441 | /// should continue.
|
| 442 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitChildren(CXCursor Cursor) {
|
| 443 | if (clang_isReference(Cursor.kind) &&
|
| 444 | Cursor.kind != CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) {
|
| 445 | // By definition, references have no children.
|
| 446 | return false;
|
| 447 | }
|
| 448 |
|
| 449 | // Set the Parent field to Cursor, then back to its old value once we're
|
| 450 | // done.
|
| 451 | SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, Cursor);
|
| 452 |
|
| 453 | if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) {
|
| 454 | Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor);
|
| 455 | if (!D)
|
| 456 | return false;
|
| 457 |
|
| 458 | return VisitAttributes(D) || Visit(D);
|
| 459 | }
|
| 460 |
|
| 461 | if (clang_isStatement(Cursor.kind)) {
|
| 462 | if (Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(Cursor))
|
| 463 | return Visit(S);
|
| 464 |
|
| 465 | return false;
|
| 466 | }
|
| 467 |
|
| 468 | if (clang_isExpression(Cursor.kind)) {
|
| 469 | if (Expr *E = getCursorExpr(Cursor))
|
| 470 | return Visit(E);
|
| 471 |
|
| 472 | return false;
|
| 473 | }
|
| 474 |
|
| 475 | if (clang_isTranslationUnit(Cursor.kind)) {
|
| 476 | CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(Cursor);
|
| 477 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData);
|
| 478 |
|
| 479 | int VisitOrder[2] = { VisitPreprocessorLast, !VisitPreprocessorLast };
|
| 480 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
|
| 481 | if (VisitOrder[I]) {
|
| 482 | if (!CXXUnit->isMainFileAST() && CXXUnit->getOnlyLocalDecls() &&
|
| 483 | RegionOfInterest.isInvalid()) {
|
| 484 | for (ASTUnit::top_level_iterator TL = CXXUnit->top_level_begin(),
|
| 485 | TLEnd = CXXUnit->top_level_end();
|
| 486 | TL != TLEnd; ++TL) {
|
| 487 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*TL, tu, RegionOfInterest), true))
|
| 488 | return true;
|
| 489 | }
|
| 490 | } else if (VisitDeclContext(
|
| 491 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl()))
|
| 492 | return true;
|
| 493 | continue;
|
| 494 | }
|
| 495 |
|
| 496 | // Walk the preprocessing record.
|
| 497 | if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord())
|
| 498 | visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
|
| 499 | }
|
| 500 |
|
| 501 | return false;
|
| 502 | }
|
| 503 |
|
| 504 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) {
|
| 505 | if (CXXBaseSpecifier *Base = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(Cursor)) {
|
| 506 | if (TypeSourceInfo *BaseTSInfo = Base->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
|
| 507 | return Visit(BaseTSInfo->getTypeLoc());
|
| 508 | }
|
| 509 | }
|
| 510 | }
|
| 511 |
|
| 512 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr) {
|
| 513 | IBOutletCollectionAttr *A =
|
| 514 | cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(Cursor));
|
| 515 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *InterT = A->getInterface()->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>())
|
| 516 | return Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorObjCClassRef(InterT->getInterface(),
|
| 517 | A->getInterfaceLoc(), TU));
|
| 518 | }
|
| 519 |
|
| 520 | // Nothing to visit at the moment.
|
| 521 | return false;
|
| 522 | }
|
| 523 |
|
| 524 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockDecl(BlockDecl *B) {
|
| 525 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = B->getSignatureAsWritten())
|
| 526 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
|
| 527 | return true;
|
| 528 |
|
| 529 | if (Stmt *Body = B->getBody())
|
| 530 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Body, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 531 |
|
| 532 | return false;
|
| 533 | }
|
| 534 |
|
| 535 | llvm::Optional<bool> CursorVisitor::shouldVisitCursor(CXCursor Cursor) {
|
| 536 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
|
| 537 | SourceRange Range = getFullCursorExtent(Cursor, AU->getSourceManager());
|
| 538 | if (Range.isInvalid())
|
| 539 | return llvm::Optional<bool>();
|
| 540 |
|
| 541 | switch (CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) {
|
| 542 | case RangeBefore:
|
| 543 | // This declaration comes before the region of interest; skip it.
|
| 544 | return llvm::Optional<bool>();
|
| 545 |
|
| 546 | case RangeAfter:
|
| 547 | // This declaration comes after the region of interest; we're done.
|
| 548 | return false;
|
| 549 |
|
| 550 | case RangeOverlap:
|
| 551 | // This declaration overlaps the region of interest; visit it.
|
| 552 | break;
|
| 553 | }
|
| 554 | }
|
| 555 | return true;
|
| 556 | }
|
| 557 |
|
| 558 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclContext(DeclContext *DC) {
|
| 559 | DeclContext::decl_iterator I = DC->decls_begin(), E = DC->decls_end();
|
| 560 |
|
| 561 | // FIXME: Eventually remove. This part of a hack to support proper
|
| 562 | // iteration over all Decls contained lexically within an ObjC container.
|
| 563 | SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator*> DI_saved(DI_current, &I);
|
| 564 | SaveAndRestore<DeclContext::decl_iterator> DE_saved(DE_current, E);
|
| 565 |
|
| 566 | for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
|
| 567 | Decl *D = *I;
|
| 568 | if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() != DC)
|
| 569 | continue;
|
| 570 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest);
|
| 571 |
|
| 572 | // Ignore synthesized ivars here, otherwise if we have something like:
|
| 573 | // @synthesize prop = _prop;
|
| 574 | // and '_prop' is not declared, we will encounter a '_prop' ivar before
|
| 575 | // encountering the 'prop' synthesize declaration and we will think that
|
| 576 | // we passed the region-of-interest.
|
| 577 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *ivarD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) {
|
| 578 | if (ivarD->getSynthesize())
|
| 579 | continue;
|
| 580 | }
|
| 581 |
|
| 582 | // FIXME: ObjCClassRef/ObjCProtocolRef for forward class/protocol
|
| 583 | // declarations is a mismatch with the compiler semantics.
|
| 584 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl) {
|
| 585 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D);
|
| 586 | if (!ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
|
| 587 | Cursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, ID->getLocation(), TU);
|
| 588 |
|
| 589 | } else if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl) {
|
| 590 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
|
| 591 | if (!PD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
|
| 592 | Cursor = MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PD, PD->getLocation(), TU);
|
| 593 | }
|
| 594 |
|
| 595 | const llvm::Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor);
|
| 596 | if (!V.hasValue())
|
| 597 | continue;
|
| 598 | if (!V.getValue())
|
| 599 | return false;
|
| 600 | if (Visit(Cursor, true))
|
| 601 | return true;
|
| 602 | }
|
| 603 | return false;
|
| 604 | }
|
| 605 |
|
| 606 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTranslationUnitDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *D) {
|
| 607 | llvm_unreachable("Translation units are visited directly by Visit()");
|
| 608 | }
|
| 609 |
|
| 610 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeAliasDecl(TypeAliasDecl *D) {
|
| 611 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 612 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
|
| 613 |
|
| 614 | return false;
|
| 615 | }
|
| 616 |
|
| 617 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D) {
|
| 618 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 619 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
|
| 620 |
|
| 621 | return false;
|
| 622 | }
|
| 623 |
|
| 624 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagDecl(TagDecl *D) {
|
| 625 | return VisitDeclContext(D);
|
| 626 | }
|
| 627 |
|
| 628 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(
|
| 629 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) {
|
| 630 | bool ShouldVisitBody = false;
|
| 631 | switch (D->getSpecializationKind()) {
|
| 632 | case TSK_Undeclared:
|
| 633 | case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
|
| 634 | // Nothing to visit
|
| 635 | return false;
|
| 636 |
|
| 637 | case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
|
| 638 | case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
|
| 639 | break;
|
| 640 |
|
| 641 | case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
|
| 642 | ShouldVisitBody = true;
|
| 643 | break;
|
| 644 | }
|
| 645 |
|
| 646 | // Visit the template arguments used in the specialization.
|
| 647 | if (TypeSourceInfo *SpecType = D->getTypeAsWritten()) {
|
| 648 | TypeLoc TL = SpecType->getTypeLoc();
|
| 649 | if (TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc *TSTLoc
|
| 650 | = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(&TL)) {
|
| 651 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TSTLoc->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
|
| 652 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TSTLoc->getArgLoc(I)))
|
| 653 | return true;
|
| 654 | }
|
| 655 | }
|
| 656 |
|
| 657 | if (ShouldVisitBody && VisitCXXRecordDecl(D))
|
| 658 | return true;
|
| 659 |
|
| 660 | return false;
|
| 661 | }
|
| 662 |
|
| 663 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl(
|
| 664 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D) {
|
| 665 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl
|
| 666 | // before visiting these template parameters.
|
| 667 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
|
| 668 | return true;
|
| 669 |
|
| 670 | // Visit the partial specialization arguments.
|
| 671 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *TemplateArgs = D->getTemplateArgsAsWritten();
|
| 672 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = D->getNumTemplateArgsAsWritten(); I != N; ++I)
|
| 673 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgs[I]))
|
| 674 | return true;
|
| 675 |
|
| 676 | return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D);
|
| 677 | }
|
| 678 |
|
| 679 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmDecl(TemplateTypeParmDecl *D) {
|
| 680 | // Visit the default argument.
|
| 681 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
|
| 682 | if (TypeSourceInfo *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgumentInfo())
|
| 683 | if (Visit(DefArg->getTypeLoc()))
|
| 684 | return true;
|
| 685 |
|
| 686 | return false;
|
| 687 | }
|
| 688 |
|
| 689 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitEnumConstantDecl(EnumConstantDecl *D) {
|
| 690 | if (Expr *Init = D->getInitExpr())
|
| 691 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 692 | return false;
|
| 693 | }
|
| 694 |
|
| 695 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
|
| 696 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 697 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
|
| 698 | return true;
|
| 699 |
|
| 700 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
|
| 701 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DD->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 702 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 703 | return true;
|
| 704 |
|
| 705 | return false;
|
| 706 | }
|
| 707 |
|
| 708 | /// \brief Compare two base or member initializers based on their source order.
|
| 709 | static int CompareCXXCtorInitializers(const void* Xp, const void *Yp) {
|
| 710 | CXXCtorInitializer const * const *X
|
| 711 | = static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer const * const *>(Xp);
|
| 712 | CXXCtorInitializer const * const *Y
|
| 713 | = static_cast<CXXCtorInitializer const * const *>(Yp);
|
| 714 |
|
| 715 | if ((*X)->getSourceOrder() < (*Y)->getSourceOrder())
|
| 716 | return -1;
|
| 717 | else if ((*X)->getSourceOrder() > (*Y)->getSourceOrder())
|
| 718 | return 1;
|
| 719 | else
|
| 720 | return 0;
|
| 721 | }
|
| 722 |
|
| 723 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *ND) {
|
| 724 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
|
| 725 | // Visit the function declaration's syntactic components in the order
|
| 726 | // written. This requires a bit of work.
|
| 727 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
|
| 728 | FunctionTypeLoc *FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL);
|
| 729 |
|
| 730 | // If we have a function declared directly (without the use of a typedef),
|
| 731 | // visit just the return type. Otherwise, just visit the function's type
|
| 732 | // now.
|
| 733 | if ((FTL && !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND) && Visit(FTL->getResultLoc())) ||
|
| 734 | (!FTL && Visit(TL)))
|
| 735 | return true;
|
| 736 |
|
| 737 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
|
| 738 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = ND->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 739 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 740 | return true;
|
| 741 |
|
| 742 | // Visit the declaration name.
|
| 743 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(ND->getNameInfo()))
|
| 744 | return true;
|
| 745 |
|
| 746 | // FIXME: Visit explicitly-specified template arguments!
|
| 747 |
|
| 748 | // Visit the function parameters, if we have a function type.
|
| 749 | if (FTL && VisitFunctionTypeLoc(*FTL, true))
|
| 750 | return true;
|
| 751 |
|
| 752 | // FIXME: Attributes?
|
| 753 | }
|
| 754 |
|
| 755 | if (ND->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && !ND->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
|
| 756 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND)) {
|
| 757 | // Find the initializers that were written in the source.
|
| 758 | SmallVector<CXXCtorInitializer *, 4> WrittenInits;
|
| 759 | for (CXXConstructorDecl::init_iterator I = Constructor->init_begin(),
|
| 760 | IEnd = Constructor->init_end();
|
| 761 | I != IEnd; ++I) {
|
| 762 | if (!(*I)->isWritten())
|
| 763 | continue;
|
| 764 |
|
| 765 | WrittenInits.push_back(*I);
|
| 766 | }
|
| 767 |
|
| 768 | // Sort the initializers in source order
|
| 769 | llvm::array_pod_sort(WrittenInits.begin(), WrittenInits.end(),
|
| 770 | &CompareCXXCtorInitializers);
|
| 771 |
|
| 772 | // Visit the initializers in source order
|
| 773 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = WrittenInits.size(); I != N; ++I) {
|
| 774 | CXXCtorInitializer *Init = WrittenInits[I];
|
| 775 | if (Init->isAnyMemberInitializer()) {
|
| 776 | if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Init->getAnyMember(),
|
| 777 | Init->getMemberLocation(), TU)))
|
| 778 | return true;
|
| 779 | } else if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Init->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
|
| 780 | if (Visit(TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
|
| 781 | return true;
|
| 782 | }
|
| 783 |
|
| 784 | // Visit the initializer value.
|
| 785 | if (Expr *Initializer = Init->getInit())
|
| 786 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Initializer, ND, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
|
| 787 | return true;
|
| 788 | }
|
| 789 | }
|
| 790 |
|
| 791 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
|
| 792 | return true;
|
| 793 | }
|
| 794 |
|
| 795 | return false;
|
| 796 | }
|
| 797 |
|
| 798 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) {
|
| 799 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
|
| 800 | return true;
|
| 801 |
|
| 802 | if (Expr *BitWidth = D->getBitWidth())
|
| 803 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(BitWidth, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 804 |
|
| 805 | return false;
|
| 806 | }
|
| 807 |
|
| 808 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *D) {
|
| 809 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
|
| 810 | return true;
|
| 811 |
|
| 812 | if (Expr *Init = D->getInit())
|
| 813 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 814 |
|
| 815 | return false;
|
| 816 | }
|
| 817 |
|
| 818 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNonTypeTemplateParmDecl(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *D) {
|
| 819 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D))
|
| 820 | return true;
|
| 821 |
|
| 822 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited())
|
| 823 | if (Expr *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgument())
|
| 824 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(DefArg, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 825 |
|
| 826 | return false;
|
| 827 | }
|
| 828 |
|
| 829 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D) {
|
| 830 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the FunctionDecl
|
| 831 | // before visiting these template parameters.
|
| 832 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
|
| 833 | return true;
|
| 834 |
|
| 835 | return VisitFunctionDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl());
|
| 836 | }
|
| 837 |
|
| 838 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D) {
|
| 839 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl
|
| 840 | // before visiting these template parameters.
|
| 841 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
|
| 842 | return true;
|
| 843 |
|
| 844 | return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl());
|
| 845 | }
|
| 846 |
|
| 847 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D) {
|
| 848 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters()))
|
| 849 | return true;
|
| 850 |
|
| 851 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited() &&
|
| 852 | VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(D->getDefaultArgument()))
|
| 853 | return true;
|
| 854 |
|
| 855 | return false;
|
| 856 | }
|
| 857 |
|
| 858 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *ND) {
|
| 859 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getResultTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 860 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()))
|
| 861 | return true;
|
| 862 |
|
| 863 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = ND->param_begin(),
|
| 864 | PEnd = ND->param_end();
|
| 865 | P != PEnd; ++P) {
|
| 866 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
|
| 867 | return true;
|
| 868 | }
|
| 869 |
|
| 870 | if (ND->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
|
| 871 | Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
|
| 872 | return true;
|
| 873 |
|
| 874 | return false;
|
| 875 | }
|
| 876 |
|
| 877 | template <typename DeclIt>
|
| 878 | static void addRangedDeclsInContainer(DeclIt *DI_current, DeclIt DE_current,
|
| 879 | SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation EndLoc,
|
| 880 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls) {
|
| 881 | DeclIt next = *DI_current;
|
| 882 | while (++next != DE_current) {
|
| 883 | Decl *D_next = *next;
|
| 884 | if (!D_next)
|
| 885 | break;
|
| 886 | SourceLocation L = D_next->getLocStart();
|
| 887 | if (!L.isValid())
|
| 888 | break;
|
| 889 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, EndLoc)) {
|
| 890 | *DI_current = next;
|
| 891 | Decls.push_back(D_next);
|
| 892 | continue;
|
| 893 | }
|
| 894 | break;
|
| 895 | }
|
| 896 | }
|
| 897 |
|
| 898 | namespace {
|
| 899 | struct ContainerDeclsSort {
|
| 900 | SourceManager &SM;
|
| 901 | ContainerDeclsSort(SourceManager &sm) : SM(sm) {}
|
| 902 | bool operator()(Decl *A, Decl *B) {
|
| 903 | SourceLocation L_A = A->getLocStart();
|
| 904 | SourceLocation L_B = B->getLocStart();
|
| 905 | assert(L_A.isValid() && L_B.isValid());
|
| 906 | return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L_A, L_B);
|
| 907 | }
|
| 908 | };
|
| 909 | }
|
| 910 |
|
| 911 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCContainerDecl(ObjCContainerDecl *D) {
|
| 912 | // FIXME: Eventually convert back to just 'VisitDeclContext()'. Essentially
|
| 913 | // an @implementation can lexically contain Decls that are not properly
|
| 914 | // nested in the AST. When we identify such cases, we need to retrofit
|
| 915 | // this nesting here.
|
| 916 | if (!DI_current && !FileDI_current)
|
| 917 | return VisitDeclContext(D);
|
| 918 |
|
| 919 | // Scan the Decls that immediately come after the container
|
| 920 | // in the current DeclContext. If any fall within the
|
| 921 | // container's lexical region, stash them into a vector
|
| 922 | // for later processing.
|
| 923 | SmallVector<Decl *, 24> DeclsInContainer;
|
| 924 | SourceLocation EndLoc = D->getSourceRange().getEnd();
|
| 925 | SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager();
|
| 926 | if (EndLoc.isValid()) {
|
| 927 | if (DI_current) {
|
| 928 | addRangedDeclsInContainer(DI_current, DE_current, SM, EndLoc,
|
| 929 | DeclsInContainer);
|
| 930 | } else {
|
| 931 | addRangedDeclsInContainer(FileDI_current, FileDE_current, SM, EndLoc,
|
| 932 | DeclsInContainer);
|
| 933 | }
|
| 934 | }
|
| 935 |
|
| 936 | // The common case.
|
| 937 | if (DeclsInContainer.empty())
|
| 938 | return VisitDeclContext(D);
|
| 939 |
|
| 940 | // Get all the Decls in the DeclContext, and sort them with the
|
| 941 | // additional ones we've collected. Then visit them.
|
| 942 | for (DeclContext::decl_iterator I = D->decls_begin(), E = D->decls_end();
|
| 943 | I!=E; ++I) {
|
| 944 | Decl *subDecl = *I;
|
| 945 | if (!subDecl || subDecl->getLexicalDeclContext() != D ||
|
| 946 | subDecl->getLocStart().isInvalid())
|
| 947 | continue;
|
| 948 | DeclsInContainer.push_back(subDecl);
|
| 949 | }
|
| 950 |
|
| 951 | // Now sort the Decls so that they appear in lexical order.
|
| 952 | std::sort(DeclsInContainer.begin(), DeclsInContainer.end(),
|
| 953 | ContainerDeclsSort(SM));
|
| 954 |
|
| 955 | // Now visit the decls.
|
| 956 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl*>::iterator I = DeclsInContainer.begin(),
|
| 957 | E = DeclsInContainer.end(); I != E; ++I) {
|
| 958 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(*I, TU, RegionOfInterest);
|
| 959 | const llvm::Optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor);
|
| 960 | if (!V.hasValue())
|
| 961 | continue;
|
| 962 | if (!V.getValue())
|
| 963 | return false;
|
| 964 | if (Visit(Cursor, true))
|
| 965 | return true;
|
| 966 | }
|
| 967 | return false;
|
| 968 | }
|
| 969 |
|
| 970 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryDecl(ObjCCategoryDecl *ND) {
|
| 971 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ND->getClassInterface(), ND->getLocation(),
|
| 972 | TU)))
|
| 973 | return true;
|
| 974 |
|
| 975 | ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = ND->protocol_loc_begin();
|
| 976 | for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = ND->protocol_begin(),
|
| 977 | E = ND->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
|
| 978 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
|
| 979 | return true;
|
| 980 |
|
| 981 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(ND);
|
| 982 | }
|
| 983 |
|
| 984 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCProtocolDecl(ObjCProtocolDecl *PID) {
|
| 985 | if (!PID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
|
| 986 | return Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PID, PID->getLocation(), TU));
|
| 987 |
|
| 988 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = PID->protocol_loc_begin();
|
| 989 | for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PID->protocol_begin(),
|
| 990 | E = PID->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
|
| 991 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
|
| 992 | return true;
|
| 993 |
|
| 994 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(PID);
|
| 995 | }
|
| 996 |
|
| 997 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD) {
|
| 998 | if (PD->getTypeSourceInfo() && Visit(PD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()))
|
| 999 | return true;
|
| 1000 |
|
| 1001 | // FIXME: This implements a workaround with @property declarations also being
|
| 1002 | // installed in the DeclContext for the @interface. Eventually this code
|
| 1003 | // should be removed.
|
| 1004 | ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(PD->getDeclContext());
|
| 1005 | if (!CDecl || !CDecl->IsClassExtension())
|
| 1006 | return false;
|
| 1007 |
|
| 1008 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = CDecl->getClassInterface();
|
| 1009 | if (!ID)
|
| 1010 | return false;
|
| 1011 |
|
| 1012 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId = PD->getIdentifier();
|
| 1013 | ObjCPropertyDecl *prevDecl =
|
| 1014 | ObjCPropertyDecl::findPropertyDecl(cast<DeclContext>(ID), PropertyId);
|
| 1015 |
|
| 1016 | if (!prevDecl)
|
| 1017 | return false;
|
| 1018 |
|
| 1019 | // Visit synthesized methods since they will be skipped when visiting
|
| 1020 | // the @interface.
|
| 1021 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getGetterMethodDecl())
|
| 1022 | if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl)
|
| 1023 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
|
| 1024 | return true;
|
| 1025 |
|
| 1026 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getSetterMethodDecl())
|
| 1027 | if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl)
|
| 1028 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
|
| 1029 | return true;
|
| 1030 |
|
| 1031 | return false;
|
| 1032 | }
|
| 1033 |
|
| 1034 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
|
| 1035 | if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
|
| 1036 | // Forward declaration is treated like a reference.
|
| 1037 | return Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU));
|
| 1038 | }
|
| 1039 |
|
| 1040 | // Issue callbacks for super class.
|
| 1041 | if (D->getSuperClass() &&
|
| 1042 | Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(),
|
| 1043 | D->getSuperClassLoc(),
|
| 1044 | TU)))
|
| 1045 | return true;
|
| 1046 |
|
| 1047 | ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = D->protocol_loc_begin();
|
| 1048 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator I = D->protocol_begin(),
|
| 1049 | E = D->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I, ++PL)
|
| 1050 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU)))
|
| 1051 | return true;
|
| 1052 |
|
| 1053 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D);
|
| 1054 | }
|
| 1055 |
|
| 1056 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplDecl(ObjCImplDecl *D) {
|
| 1057 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D);
|
| 1058 | }
|
| 1059 |
|
| 1060 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryImplDecl(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) {
|
| 1061 | // 'ID' could be null when dealing with invalid code.
|
| 1062 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = D->getClassInterface())
|
| 1063 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, D->getLocation(), TU)))
|
| 1064 | return true;
|
| 1065 |
|
| 1066 | return VisitObjCImplDecl(D);
|
| 1067 | }
|
| 1068 |
|
| 1069 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplementationDecl(ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
|
| 1070 | #if 0
|
| 1071 | // Issue callbacks for super class.
|
| 1072 | // FIXME: No source location information!
|
| 1073 | if (D->getSuperClass() &&
|
| 1074 | Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(),
|
| 1075 | D->getSuperClassLoc(),
|
| 1076 | TU)))
|
| 1077 | return true;
|
| 1078 | #endif
|
| 1079 |
|
| 1080 | return VisitObjCImplDecl(D);
|
| 1081 | }
|
| 1082 |
|
| 1083 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PD) {
|
| 1084 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = PD->getPropertyIvarDecl())
|
| 1085 | if (PD->isIvarNameSpecified())
|
| 1086 | return Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Ivar, PD->getPropertyIvarDeclLoc(), TU));
|
| 1087 |
|
| 1088 | return false;
|
| 1089 | }
|
| 1090 |
|
| 1091 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceDecl(NamespaceDecl *D) {
|
| 1092 | return VisitDeclContext(D);
|
| 1093 | }
|
| 1094 |
|
| 1095 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(NamespaceAliasDecl *D) {
|
| 1096 | // Visit nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1097 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 1098 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 1099 | return true;
|
| 1100 |
|
| 1101 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getAliasedNamespace(),
|
| 1102 | D->getTargetNameLoc(), TU));
|
| 1103 | }
|
| 1104 |
|
| 1105 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D) {
|
| 1106 | // Visit nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1107 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) {
|
| 1108 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 1109 | return true;
|
| 1110 | }
|
| 1111 |
|
| 1112 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU)))
|
| 1113 | return true;
|
| 1114 |
|
| 1115 | return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo());
|
| 1116 | }
|
| 1117 |
|
| 1118 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(UsingDirectiveDecl *D) {
|
| 1119 | // Visit nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1120 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 1121 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 1122 | return true;
|
| 1123 |
|
| 1124 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten(),
|
| 1125 | D->getIdentLocation(), TU));
|
| 1126 | }
|
| 1127 |
|
| 1128 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *D) {
|
| 1129 | // Visit nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1130 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) {
|
| 1131 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 1132 | return true;
|
| 1133 | }
|
| 1134 |
|
| 1135 | return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo());
|
| 1136 | }
|
| 1137 |
|
| 1138 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(
|
| 1139 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) {
|
| 1140 | // Visit nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1141 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 1142 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 1143 | return true;
|
| 1144 |
|
| 1145 | return false;
|
| 1146 | }
|
| 1147 |
|
| 1148 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationNameInfo Name) {
|
| 1149 | switch (Name.getName().getNameKind()) {
|
| 1150 | case clang::DeclarationName::Identifier:
|
| 1151 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
|
| 1152 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
|
| 1153 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
|
| 1154 | return false;
|
| 1155 |
|
| 1156 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
|
| 1157 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
|
| 1158 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
|
| 1159 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Name.getNamedTypeInfo())
|
| 1160 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
|
| 1161 | return false;
|
| 1162 |
|
| 1163 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
|
| 1164 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
|
| 1165 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
|
| 1166 | // FIXME: Per-identifier location info?
|
| 1167 | return false;
|
| 1168 | }
|
| 1169 |
|
| 1170 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid DeclarationName::Kind!");
|
| 1171 | }
|
| 1172 |
|
| 1173 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
|
| 1174 | SourceRange Range) {
|
| 1175 | // FIXME: This whole routine is a hack to work around the lack of proper
|
| 1176 | // source information in nested-name-specifiers (PR5791). Since we do have
|
| 1177 | // a beginning source location, we can visit the first component of the
|
| 1178 | // nested-name-specifier, if it's a single-token component.
|
| 1179 | if (!NNS)
|
| 1180 | return false;
|
| 1181 |
|
| 1182 | // Get the first component in the nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1183 | while (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
|
| 1184 | NNS = Prefix;
|
| 1185 |
|
| 1186 | switch (NNS->getKind()) {
|
| 1187 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
|
| 1188 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(), Range.getBegin(),
|
| 1189 | TU));
|
| 1190 |
|
| 1191 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
|
| 1192 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(),
|
| 1193 | Range.getBegin(), TU));
|
| 1194 |
|
| 1195 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: {
|
| 1196 | // If the type has a form where we know that the beginning of the source
|
| 1197 | // range matches up with a reference cursor. Visit the appropriate reference
|
| 1198 | // cursor.
|
| 1199 | const Type *T = NNS->getAsType();
|
| 1200 | if (const TypedefType *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
|
| 1201 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU));
|
| 1202 | if (const TagType *Tag = dyn_cast<TagType>(T))
|
| 1203 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Tag->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU));
|
| 1204 | if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST
|
| 1205 | = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T))
|
| 1206 | return VisitTemplateName(TST->getTemplateName(), Range.getBegin());
|
| 1207 | break;
|
| 1208 | }
|
| 1209 |
|
| 1210 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
|
| 1211 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
|
| 1212 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
|
| 1213 | break;
|
| 1214 | }
|
| 1215 |
|
| 1216 | return false;
|
| 1217 | }
|
| 1218 |
|
| 1219 | bool
|
| 1220 | CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) {
|
| 1221 | SmallVector<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, 4> Qualifiers;
|
| 1222 | for (; Qualifier; Qualifier = Qualifier.getPrefix())
|
| 1223 | Qualifiers.push_back(Qualifier);
|
| 1224 |
|
| 1225 | while (!Qualifiers.empty()) {
|
| 1226 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc Q = Qualifiers.pop_back_val();
|
| 1227 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Q.getNestedNameSpecifier();
|
| 1228 | switch (NNS->getKind()) {
|
| 1229 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
|
| 1230 | if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(),
|
| 1231 | Q.getLocalBeginLoc(),
|
| 1232 | TU)))
|
| 1233 | return true;
|
| 1234 |
|
| 1235 | break;
|
| 1236 |
|
| 1237 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
|
| 1238 | if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(),
|
| 1239 | Q.getLocalBeginLoc(),
|
| 1240 | TU)))
|
| 1241 | return true;
|
| 1242 |
|
| 1243 | break;
|
| 1244 |
|
| 1245 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
|
| 1246 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
|
| 1247 | if (Visit(Q.getTypeLoc()))
|
| 1248 | return true;
|
| 1249 |
|
| 1250 | break;
|
| 1251 |
|
| 1252 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
|
| 1253 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
|
| 1254 | break;
|
| 1255 | }
|
| 1256 | }
|
| 1257 |
|
| 1258 | return false;
|
| 1259 | }
|
| 1260 |
|
| 1261 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateParameters(
|
| 1262 | const TemplateParameterList *Params) {
|
| 1263 | if (!Params)
|
| 1264 | return false;
|
| 1265 |
|
| 1266 | for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
|
| 1267 | PEnd = Params->end();
|
| 1268 | P != PEnd; ++P) {
|
| 1269 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
|
| 1270 | return true;
|
| 1271 | }
|
| 1272 |
|
| 1273 | return false;
|
| 1274 | }
|
| 1275 |
|
| 1276 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateName(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc) {
|
| 1277 | switch (Name.getKind()) {
|
| 1278 | case TemplateName::Template:
|
| 1279 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(Name.getAsTemplateDecl(), Loc, TU));
|
| 1280 |
|
| 1281 | case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
|
| 1282 | // Visit the overloaded template set.
|
| 1283 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Name, Loc, TU)))
|
| 1284 | return true;
|
| 1285 |
|
| 1286 | return false;
|
| 1287 |
|
| 1288 | case TemplateName::DependentTemplate:
|
| 1289 | // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1290 | return false;
|
| 1291 |
|
| 1292 | case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
|
| 1293 | // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1294 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
|
| 1295 | Name.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()->getDecl(),
|
| 1296 | Loc, TU));
|
| 1297 |
|
| 1298 | case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm:
|
| 1299 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
|
| 1300 | Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm()->getParameter(),
|
| 1301 | Loc, TU));
|
| 1302 |
|
| 1303 | case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack:
|
| 1304 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(
|
| 1305 | Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()->getParameterPack(),
|
| 1306 | Loc, TU));
|
| 1307 | }
|
| 1308 |
|
| 1309 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateName::Kind!");
|
| 1310 | }
|
| 1311 |
|
| 1312 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &TAL) {
|
| 1313 | switch (TAL.getArgument().getKind()) {
|
| 1314 | case TemplateArgument::Null:
|
| 1315 | case TemplateArgument::Integral:
|
| 1316 | case TemplateArgument::Pack:
|
| 1317 | return false;
|
| 1318 |
|
| 1319 | case TemplateArgument::Type:
|
| 1320 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TAL.getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 1321 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
|
| 1322 | return false;
|
| 1323 |
|
| 1324 | case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
|
| 1325 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceDeclExpression())
|
| 1326 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 1327 | return false;
|
| 1328 |
|
| 1329 | case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
|
| 1330 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceNullPtrExpression())
|
| 1331 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 1332 | return false;
|
| 1333 |
|
| 1334 | case TemplateArgument::Expression:
|
| 1335 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceExpression())
|
| 1336 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 1337 | return false;
|
| 1338 |
|
| 1339 | case TemplateArgument::Template:
|
| 1340 | case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
|
| 1341 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TAL.getTemplateQualifierLoc()))
|
| 1342 | return true;
|
| 1343 |
|
| 1344 | return VisitTemplateName(TAL.getArgument().getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern(),
|
| 1345 | TAL.getTemplateNameLoc());
|
| 1346 | }
|
| 1347 |
|
| 1348 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument::Kind!");
|
| 1349 | }
|
| 1350 |
|
| 1351 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitLinkageSpecDecl(LinkageSpecDecl *D) {
|
| 1352 | return VisitDeclContext(D);
|
| 1353 | }
|
| 1354 |
|
| 1355 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1356 | return Visit(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc());
|
| 1357 | }
|
| 1358 |
|
| 1359 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1360 | ASTContext &Context = AU->getASTContext();
|
| 1361 |
|
| 1362 | // Some builtin types (such as Objective-C's "id", "sel", and
|
| 1363 | // "Class") have associated declarations. Create cursors for those.
|
| 1364 | QualType VisitType;
|
| 1365 | switch (TL.getTypePtr()->getKind()) {
|
| 1366 |
|
| 1367 | case BuiltinType::Void:
|
| 1368 | case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
|
| 1369 | case BuiltinType::Dependent:
|
| 1370 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
|
| 1371 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
|
| 1372 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
|
| 1373 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
|
| 1374 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
|
| 1375 | case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
|
| 1376 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
|
| 1377 | #define SIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
|
| 1378 | #define UNSIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
|
| 1379 | #define FLOATING_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
|
| 1380 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
|
| 1381 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
|
| 1382 | break;
|
| 1383 |
|
| 1384 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
|
| 1385 | VisitType = Context.getObjCIdType();
|
| 1386 | break;
|
| 1387 |
|
| 1388 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
|
| 1389 | VisitType = Context.getObjCClassType();
|
| 1390 | break;
|
| 1391 |
|
| 1392 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
|
| 1393 | VisitType = Context.getObjCSelType();
|
| 1394 | break;
|
| 1395 | }
|
| 1396 |
|
| 1397 | if (!VisitType.isNull()) {
|
| 1398 | if (const TypedefType *Typedef = VisitType->getAs<TypedefType>())
|
| 1399 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), TL.getBuiltinLoc(),
|
| 1400 | TU));
|
| 1401 | }
|
| 1402 |
|
| 1403 | return false;
|
| 1404 | }
|
| 1405 |
|
| 1406 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefTypeLoc(TypedefTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1407 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getTypedefNameDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
|
| 1408 | }
|
| 1409 |
|
| 1410 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypeLoc(UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1411 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
|
| 1412 | }
|
| 1413 |
|
| 1414 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagTypeLoc(TagTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1415 | if (TL.isDefinition())
|
| 1416 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getDecl(), TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 1417 |
|
| 1418 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
|
| 1419 | }
|
| 1420 |
|
| 1421 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc(TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1422 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
|
| 1423 | }
|
| 1424 |
|
| 1425 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceTypeLoc(ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1426 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(TL.getIFaceDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)))
|
| 1427 | return true;
|
| 1428 |
|
| 1429 | return false;
|
| 1430 | }
|
| 1431 |
|
| 1432 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectTypeLoc(ObjCObjectTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1433 | if (TL.hasBaseTypeAsWritten() && Visit(TL.getBaseLoc()))
|
| 1434 | return true;
|
| 1435 |
|
| 1436 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumProtocols(); I != N; ++I) {
|
| 1437 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(TL.getProtocol(I), TL.getProtocolLoc(I),
|
| 1438 | TU)))
|
| 1439 | return true;
|
| 1440 | }
|
| 1441 |
|
| 1442 | return false;
|
| 1443 | }
|
| 1444 |
|
| 1445 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1446 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
|
| 1447 | }
|
| 1448 |
|
| 1449 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitParenTypeLoc(ParenTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1450 | return Visit(TL.getInnerLoc());
|
| 1451 | }
|
| 1452 |
|
| 1453 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitPointerTypeLoc(PointerTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1454 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
|
| 1455 | }
|
| 1456 |
|
| 1457 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockPointerTypeLoc(BlockPointerTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1458 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
|
| 1459 | }
|
| 1460 |
|
| 1461 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitMemberPointerTypeLoc(MemberPointerTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1462 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
|
| 1463 | }
|
| 1464 |
|
| 1465 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitLValueReferenceTypeLoc(LValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1466 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
|
| 1467 | }
|
| 1468 |
|
| 1469 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitRValueReferenceTypeLoc(RValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1470 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc());
|
| 1471 | }
|
| 1472 |
|
| 1473 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1474 | return Visit(TL.getModifiedLoc());
|
| 1475 | }
|
| 1476 |
|
| 1477 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FunctionTypeLoc TL,
|
| 1478 | bool SkipResultType) {
|
| 1479 | if (!SkipResultType && Visit(TL.getResultLoc()))
|
| 1480 | return true;
|
| 1481 |
|
| 1482 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
|
| 1483 | if (Decl *D = TL.getArg(I))
|
| 1484 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest)))
|
| 1485 | return true;
|
| 1486 |
|
| 1487 | return false;
|
| 1488 | }
|
| 1489 |
|
| 1490 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitArrayTypeLoc(ArrayTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1491 | if (Visit(TL.getElementLoc()))
|
| 1492 | return true;
|
| 1493 |
|
| 1494 | if (Expr *Size = TL.getSizeExpr())
|
| 1495 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Size, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest));
|
| 1496 |
|
| 1497 | return false;
|
| 1498 | }
|
| 1499 |
|
| 1500 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
|
| 1501 | TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1502 | // Visit the template name.
|
| 1503 | if (VisitTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(),
|
| 1504 | TL.getTemplateNameLoc()))
|
| 1505 | return true;
|
| 1506 |
|
| 1507 | // Visit the template arguments.
|
| 1508 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
|
| 1509 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)))
|
| 1510 | return true;
|
| 1511 |
|
| 1512 | return false;
|
| 1513 | }
|
| 1514 |
|
| 1515 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfExprTypeLoc(TypeOfExprTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1516 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getUnderlyingExpr(), StmtParent, TU));
|
| 1517 | }
|
| 1518 |
|
| 1519 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1520 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())
|
| 1521 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
|
| 1522 |
|
| 1523 | return false;
|
| 1524 | }
|
| 1525 |
|
| 1526 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1527 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())
|
| 1528 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc());
|
| 1529 |
|
| 1530 | return false;
|
| 1531 | }
|
| 1532 |
|
| 1533 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1534 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
|
| 1535 | return true;
|
| 1536 |
|
| 1537 | return false;
|
| 1538 | }
|
| 1539 |
|
| 1540 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc(
|
| 1541 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1542 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if there is one.
|
| 1543 | if (TL.getQualifierLoc() &&
|
| 1544 | VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
|
| 1545 | return true;
|
| 1546 |
|
| 1547 | // Visit the template arguments.
|
| 1548 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
|
| 1549 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I)))
|
| 1550 | return true;
|
| 1551 |
|
| 1552 | return false;
|
| 1553 | }
|
| 1554 |
|
| 1555 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitElaboratedTypeLoc(ElaboratedTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1556 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()))
|
| 1557 | return true;
|
| 1558 |
|
| 1559 | return Visit(TL.getNamedTypeLoc());
|
| 1560 | }
|
| 1561 |
|
| 1562 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitPackExpansionTypeLoc(PackExpansionTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1563 | return Visit(TL.getPatternLoc());
|
| 1564 | }
|
| 1565 |
|
| 1566 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecltypeTypeLoc(DecltypeTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1567 | if (Expr *E = TL.getUnderlyingExpr())
|
| 1568 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU));
|
| 1569 |
|
| 1570 | return false;
|
| 1571 | }
|
| 1572 |
|
| 1573 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitInjectedClassNameTypeLoc(InjectedClassNameTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1574 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU));
|
| 1575 | }
|
| 1576 |
|
| 1577 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAtomicTypeLoc(AtomicTypeLoc TL) {
|
| 1578 | return Visit(TL.getValueLoc());
|
| 1579 | }
|
| 1580 |
|
| 1581 | #define DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(CLASS, PARENT) \
|
| 1582 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL) { \
|
| 1583 | return Visit##PARENT##Loc(TL); \
|
| 1584 | }
|
| 1585 |
|
| 1586 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Complex, Type)
|
| 1587 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ConstantArray, ArrayType)
|
| 1588 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(IncompleteArray, ArrayType)
|
| 1589 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(VariableArray, ArrayType)
|
| 1590 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedArray, ArrayType)
|
| 1591 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedExtVector, Type)
|
| 1592 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Vector, Type)
|
| 1593 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ExtVector, VectorType)
|
| 1594 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionProto, FunctionType)
|
| 1595 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionNoProto, FunctionType)
|
| 1596 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Record, TagType)
|
| 1597 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Enum, TagType)
|
| 1598 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Type)
|
| 1599 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParmPack, Type)
|
| 1600 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Auto, Type)
|
| 1601 |
|
| 1602 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitCXXRecordDecl(CXXRecordDecl *D) {
|
| 1603 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present.
|
| 1604 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 1605 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 1606 | return true;
|
| 1607 |
|
| 1608 | if (D->isCompleteDefinition()) {
|
| 1609 | for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = D->bases_begin(),
|
| 1610 | E = D->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
|
| 1611 | if (Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(I, TU)))
|
| 1612 | return true;
|
| 1613 | }
|
| 1614 | }
|
| 1615 |
|
| 1616 | return VisitTagDecl(D);
|
| 1617 | }
|
| 1618 |
|
| 1619 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributes(Decl *D) {
|
| 1620 | for (AttrVec::const_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end();
|
| 1621 | i != e; ++i)
|
| 1622 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*i, D, TU)))
|
| 1623 | return true;
|
| 1624 |
|
| 1625 | return false;
|
| 1626 | }
|
| 1627 |
|
| 1628 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 1629 | // Data-recursive visitor methods.
|
| 1630 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 1631 |
|
| 1632 | namespace {
|
| 1633 | #define DEF_JOB(NAME, DATA, KIND)\
|
| 1634 | class NAME : public VisitorJob {\
|
| 1635 | public:\
|
| 1636 | NAME(DATA *d, CXCursor parent) : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::KIND, d) {} \
|
| 1637 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { return VJ->getKind() == KIND; }\
|
| 1638 | DATA *get() const { return static_cast<DATA*>(data[0]); }\
|
| 1639 | };
|
| 1640 |
|
| 1641 | DEF_JOB(StmtVisit, Stmt, StmtVisitKind)
|
| 1642 | DEF_JOB(MemberExprParts, MemberExpr, MemberExprPartsKind)
|
| 1643 | DEF_JOB(DeclRefExprParts, DeclRefExpr, DeclRefExprPartsKind)
|
| 1644 | DEF_JOB(OverloadExprParts, OverloadExpr, OverloadExprPartsKind)
|
| 1645 | DEF_JOB(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit, ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo,
|
| 1646 | ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind)
|
| 1647 | DEF_JOB(SizeOfPackExprParts, SizeOfPackExpr, SizeOfPackExprPartsKind)
|
| 1648 | DEF_JOB(LambdaExprParts, LambdaExpr, LambdaExprPartsKind)
|
| 1649 | DEF_JOB(PostChildrenVisit, void, PostChildrenVisitKind)
|
| 1650 | #undef DEF_JOB
|
| 1651 |
|
| 1652 | class DeclVisit : public VisitorJob {
|
| 1653 | public:
|
| 1654 | DeclVisit(Decl *d, CXCursor parent, bool isFirst) :
|
| 1655 | VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind,
|
| 1656 | d, isFirst ? (void*) 1 : (void*) 0) {}
|
| 1657 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
|
| 1658 | return VJ->getKind() == DeclVisitKind;
|
| 1659 | }
|
| 1660 | Decl *get() const { return static_cast<Decl*>(data[0]); }
|
| 1661 | bool isFirst() const { return data[1] ? true : false; }
|
| 1662 | };
|
| 1663 | class TypeLocVisit : public VisitorJob {
|
| 1664 | public:
|
| 1665 | TypeLocVisit(TypeLoc tl, CXCursor parent) :
|
| 1666 | VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind,
|
| 1667 | tl.getType().getAsOpaquePtr(), tl.getOpaqueData()) {}
|
| 1668 |
|
| 1669 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
|
| 1670 | return VJ->getKind() == TypeLocVisitKind;
|
| 1671 | }
|
| 1672 |
|
| 1673 | TypeLoc get() const {
|
| 1674 | QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(data[0]);
|
| 1675 | return TypeLoc(T, data[1]);
|
| 1676 | }
|
| 1677 | };
|
| 1678 |
|
| 1679 | class LabelRefVisit : public VisitorJob {
|
| 1680 | public:
|
| 1681 | LabelRefVisit(LabelDecl *LD, SourceLocation labelLoc, CXCursor parent)
|
| 1682 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind, LD,
|
| 1683 | labelLoc.getPtrEncoding()) {}
|
| 1684 |
|
| 1685 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
|
| 1686 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind;
|
| 1687 | }
|
| 1688 | LabelDecl *get() const { return static_cast<LabelDecl*>(data[0]); }
|
| 1689 | SourceLocation getLoc() const {
|
| 1690 | return SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding(data[1]); }
|
| 1691 | };
|
| 1692 |
|
| 1693 | class NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit : public VisitorJob {
|
| 1694 | public:
|
| 1695 | NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier, CXCursor parent)
|
| 1696 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind,
|
| 1697 | Qualifier.getNestedNameSpecifier(),
|
| 1698 | Qualifier.getOpaqueData()) { }
|
| 1699 |
|
| 1700 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
|
| 1701 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind;
|
| 1702 | }
|
| 1703 |
|
| 1704 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc get() const {
|
| 1705 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(data[0]),
|
| 1706 | data[1]);
|
| 1707 | }
|
| 1708 | };
|
| 1709 |
|
| 1710 | class DeclarationNameInfoVisit : public VisitorJob {
|
| 1711 | public:
|
| 1712 | DeclarationNameInfoVisit(Stmt *S, CXCursor parent)
|
| 1713 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind, S) {}
|
| 1714 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
|
| 1715 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind;
|
| 1716 | }
|
| 1717 | DeclarationNameInfo get() const {
|
| 1718 | Stmt *S = static_cast<Stmt*>(data[0]);
|
| 1719 | switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
|
| 1720 | default:
|
| 1721 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Stmt");
|
| 1722 | case clang::Stmt::MSDependentExistsStmtClass:
|
| 1723 | return cast<MSDependentExistsStmt>(S)->getNameInfo();
|
| 1724 | case Stmt::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass:
|
| 1725 | return cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(S)->getMemberNameInfo();
|
| 1726 | case Stmt::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass:
|
| 1727 | return cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(S)->getNameInfo();
|
| 1728 | }
|
| 1729 | }
|
| 1730 | };
|
| 1731 | class MemberRefVisit : public VisitorJob {
|
| 1732 | public:
|
| 1733 | MemberRefVisit(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L, CXCursor parent)
|
| 1734 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind, D,
|
| 1735 | L.getPtrEncoding()) {}
|
| 1736 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) {
|
| 1737 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind;
|
| 1738 | }
|
| 1739 | FieldDecl *get() const {
|
| 1740 | return static_cast<FieldDecl*>(data[0]);
|
| 1741 | }
|
| 1742 | SourceLocation getLoc() const {
|
| 1743 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding((unsigned)(uintptr_t) data[1]);
|
| 1744 | }
|
| 1745 | };
|
| 1746 | class EnqueueVisitor : public StmtVisitor<EnqueueVisitor, void> {
|
| 1747 | VisitorWorkList &WL;
|
| 1748 | CXCursor Parent;
|
| 1749 | public:
|
| 1750 | EnqueueVisitor(VisitorWorkList &wl, CXCursor parent)
|
| 1751 | : WL(wl), Parent(parent) {}
|
| 1752 |
|
| 1753 | void VisitAddrLabelExpr(AddrLabelExpr *E);
|
| 1754 | void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *B);
|
| 1755 | void VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
|
| 1756 | void VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *S);
|
| 1757 | void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { /* Do nothing. */ }
|
| 1758 | void VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(MSDependentExistsStmt *S);
|
| 1759 | void VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E);
|
| 1760 | void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E);
|
| 1761 | void VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E);
|
| 1762 | void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E);
|
| 1763 | void VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E);
|
| 1764 | void VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E);
|
| 1765 | void VisitCXXTypeidExpr(CXXTypeidExpr *E);
|
| 1766 | void VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E);
|
| 1767 | void VisitCXXUuidofExpr(CXXUuidofExpr *E);
|
| 1768 | void VisitCXXCatchStmt(CXXCatchStmt *S);
|
| 1769 | void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *D);
|
| 1770 | void VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *S);
|
| 1771 | void VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E);
|
| 1772 | void VisitDesignatedInitExpr(DesignatedInitExpr *E);
|
| 1773 | void VisitExplicitCastExpr(ExplicitCastExpr *E);
|
| 1774 | void VisitForStmt(ForStmt *FS);
|
| 1775 | void VisitGotoStmt(GotoStmt *GS);
|
| 1776 | void VisitIfStmt(IfStmt *If);
|
| 1777 | void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *IE);
|
| 1778 | void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *M);
|
| 1779 | void VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E);
|
| 1780 | void VisitObjCEncodeExpr(ObjCEncodeExpr *E);
|
| 1781 | void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *M);
|
| 1782 | void VisitOverloadExpr(OverloadExpr *E);
|
| 1783 | void VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E);
|
| 1784 | void VisitStmt(Stmt *S);
|
| 1785 | void VisitSwitchStmt(SwitchStmt *S);
|
| 1786 | void VisitWhileStmt(WhileStmt *W);
|
| 1787 | void VisitUnaryTypeTraitExpr(UnaryTypeTraitExpr *E);
|
| 1788 | void VisitBinaryTypeTraitExpr(BinaryTypeTraitExpr *E);
|
| 1789 | void VisitTypeTraitExpr(TypeTraitExpr *E);
|
| 1790 | void VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E);
|
| 1791 | void VisitExpressionTraitExpr(ExpressionTraitExpr *E);
|
| 1792 | void VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(UnresolvedMemberExpr *U);
|
| 1793 | void VisitVAArgExpr(VAArgExpr *E);
|
| 1794 | void VisitSizeOfPackExpr(SizeOfPackExpr *E);
|
| 1795 | void VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
|
| 1796 | void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E);
|
| 1797 | void VisitLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E);
|
| 1798 |
|
| 1799 | private:
|
| 1800 | void AddDeclarationNameInfo(Stmt *S);
|
| 1801 | void AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier);
|
| 1802 | void AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *A);
|
| 1803 | void AddMemberRef(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L);
|
| 1804 | void AddStmt(Stmt *S);
|
| 1805 | void AddDecl(Decl *D, bool isFirst = true);
|
| 1806 | void AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
|
| 1807 | void EnqueueChildren(Stmt *S);
|
| 1808 | };
|
| 1809 | } // end anonyous namespace
|
| 1810 |
|
| 1811 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddDeclarationNameInfo(Stmt *S) {
|
| 1812 | // 'S' should always be non-null, since it comes from the
|
| 1813 | // statement we are visiting.
|
| 1814 | WL.push_back(DeclarationNameInfoVisit(S, Parent));
|
| 1815 | }
|
| 1816 |
|
| 1817 | void
|
| 1818 | EnqueueVisitor::AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) {
|
| 1819 | if (Qualifier)
|
| 1820 | WL.push_back(NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(Qualifier, Parent));
|
| 1821 | }
|
| 1822 |
|
| 1823 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddStmt(Stmt *S) {
|
| 1824 | if (S)
|
| 1825 | WL.push_back(StmtVisit(S, Parent));
|
| 1826 | }
|
| 1827 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddDecl(Decl *D, bool isFirst) {
|
| 1828 | if (D)
|
| 1829 | WL.push_back(DeclVisit(D, Parent, isFirst));
|
| 1830 | }
|
| 1831 | void EnqueueVisitor::
|
| 1832 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *A) {
|
| 1833 | if (A)
|
| 1834 | WL.push_back(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit(
|
| 1835 | const_cast<ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo*>(A), Parent));
|
| 1836 | }
|
| 1837 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddMemberRef(FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L) {
|
| 1838 | if (D)
|
| 1839 | WL.push_back(MemberRefVisit(D, L, Parent));
|
| 1840 | }
|
| 1841 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
|
| 1842 | if (TI)
|
| 1843 | WL.push_back(TypeLocVisit(TI->getTypeLoc(), Parent));
|
| 1844 | }
|
| 1845 | void EnqueueVisitor::EnqueueChildren(Stmt *S) {
|
| 1846 | unsigned size = WL.size();
|
| 1847 | for (Stmt::child_range Child = S->children(); Child; ++Child) {
|
| 1848 | AddStmt(*Child);
|
| 1849 | }
|
| 1850 | if (size == WL.size())
|
| 1851 | return;
|
| 1852 | // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
|
| 1853 | // ordering performed by the worklist.
|
| 1854 | VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
|
| 1855 | std::reverse(I, E);
|
| 1856 | }
|
| 1857 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitAddrLabelExpr(AddrLabelExpr *E) {
|
| 1858 | WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(E->getLabel(), E->getLabelLoc(), Parent));
|
| 1859 | }
|
| 1860 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *B) {
|
| 1861 | AddDecl(B->getBlockDecl());
|
| 1862 | }
|
| 1863 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
|
| 1864 | EnqueueChildren(E);
|
| 1865 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 1866 | }
|
| 1867 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *S) {
|
| 1868 | for (CompoundStmt::reverse_body_iterator I = S->body_rbegin(),
|
| 1869 | E = S->body_rend(); I != E; ++I) {
|
| 1870 | AddStmt(*I);
|
| 1871 | }
|
| 1872 | }
|
| 1873 | void EnqueueVisitor::
|
| 1874 | VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(MSDependentExistsStmt *S) {
|
| 1875 | AddStmt(S->getSubStmt());
|
| 1876 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(S);
|
| 1877 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = S->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 1878 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
|
| 1879 | }
|
| 1880 |
|
| 1881 | void EnqueueVisitor::
|
| 1882 | VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
|
| 1883 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
|
| 1884 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(E);
|
| 1885 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 1886 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
|
| 1887 | if (!E->isImplicitAccess())
|
| 1888 | AddStmt(E->getBase());
|
| 1889 | }
|
| 1890 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
|
| 1891 | // Enqueue the initializer , if any.
|
| 1892 | AddStmt(E->getInitializer());
|
| 1893 | // Enqueue the array size, if any.
|
| 1894 | AddStmt(E->getArraySize());
|
| 1895 | // Enqueue the allocated type.
|
| 1896 | AddTypeLoc(E->getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 1897 | // Enqueue the placement arguments.
|
| 1898 | for (unsigned I = E->getNumPlacementArgs(); I > 0; --I)
|
| 1899 | AddStmt(E->getPlacementArg(I-1));
|
| 1900 | }
|
| 1901 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *CE) {
|
| 1902 | for (unsigned I = CE->getNumArgs(); I > 1 /* Yes, this is 1 */; --I)
|
| 1903 | AddStmt(CE->getArg(I-1));
|
| 1904 | AddStmt(CE->getCallee());
|
| 1905 | AddStmt(CE->getArg(0));
|
| 1906 | }
|
| 1907 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E) {
|
| 1908 | // Visit the name of the type being destroyed.
|
| 1909 | AddTypeLoc(E->getDestroyedTypeInfo());
|
| 1910 | // Visit the scope type that looks disturbingly like the nested-name-specifier
|
| 1911 | // but isn't.
|
| 1912 | AddTypeLoc(E->getScopeTypeInfo());
|
| 1913 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier.
|
| 1914 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 1915 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
|
| 1916 | // Visit base expression.
|
| 1917 | AddStmt(E->getBase());
|
| 1918 | }
|
| 1919 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
|
| 1920 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 1921 | }
|
| 1922 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E) {
|
| 1923 | EnqueueChildren(E);
|
| 1924 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 1925 | }
|
| 1926 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(CXXTypeidExpr *E) {
|
| 1927 | EnqueueChildren(E);
|
| 1928 | if (E->isTypeOperand())
|
| 1929 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo());
|
| 1930 | }
|
| 1931 |
|
| 1932 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr
|
| 1933 | *E) {
|
| 1934 | EnqueueChildren(E);
|
| 1935 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 1936 | }
|
| 1937 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(CXXUuidofExpr *E) {
|
| 1938 | EnqueueChildren(E);
|
| 1939 | if (E->isTypeOperand())
|
| 1940 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo());
|
| 1941 | }
|
| 1942 |
|
| 1943 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXCatchStmt(CXXCatchStmt *S) {
|
| 1944 | EnqueueChildren(S);
|
| 1945 | AddDecl(S->getExceptionDecl());
|
| 1946 | }
|
| 1947 |
|
| 1948 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DR) {
|
| 1949 | if (DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
|
| 1950 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(&DR->getExplicitTemplateArgs());
|
| 1951 | }
|
| 1952 | WL.push_back(DeclRefExprParts(DR, Parent));
|
| 1953 | }
|
| 1954 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
|
| 1955 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
|
| 1956 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(E);
|
| 1957 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(E->getQualifierLoc());
|
| 1958 | }
|
| 1959 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *S) {
|
| 1960 | unsigned size = WL.size();
|
| 1961 | bool isFirst = true;
|
| 1962 | for (DeclStmt::decl_iterator D = S->decl_begin(), DEnd = S->decl_end();
|
| 1963 | D != DEnd; ++D) {
|
| 1964 | AddDecl(*D, isFirst);
|
| 1965 | isFirst = false;
|
| 1966 | }
|
| 1967 | if (size == WL.size())
|
| 1968 | return;
|
| 1969 | // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS
|
| 1970 | // ordering performed by the worklist.
|
| 1971 | VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end();
|
| 1972 | std::reverse(I, E);
|
| 1973 | }
|
| 1974 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDesignatedInitExpr(DesignatedInitExpr *E) {
|
| 1975 | AddStmt(E->getInit());
|
| 1976 | typedef DesignatedInitExpr::Designator Designator;
|
| 1977 | for (DesignatedInitExpr::reverse_designators_iterator
|
| 1978 | D = E->designators_rbegin(), DEnd = E->designators_rend();
|
| 1979 | D != DEnd; ++D) {
|
| 1980 | if (D->isFieldDesignator()) {
|
| 1981 | if (FieldDecl *Field = D->getField())
|
| 1982 | AddMemberRef(Field, D->getFieldLoc());
|
| 1983 | continue;
|
| 1984 | }
|
| 1985 | if (D->isArrayDesignator()) {
|
| 1986 | AddStmt(E->getArrayIndex(*D));
|
| 1987 | continue;
|
| 1988 | }
|
| 1989 | assert(D->isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Unknown designator kind");
|
| 1990 | AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeEnd(*D));
|
| 1991 | AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeStart(*D));
|
| 1992 | }
|
| 1993 | }
|
| 1994 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExplicitCastExpr(ExplicitCastExpr *E) {
|
| 1995 | EnqueueChildren(E);
|
| 1996 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeInfoAsWritten());
|
| 1997 | }
|
| 1998 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitForStmt(ForStmt *FS) {
|
| 1999 | AddStmt(FS->getBody());
|
| 2000 | AddStmt(FS->getInc());
|
| 2001 | AddStmt(FS->getCond());
|
| 2002 | AddDecl(FS->getConditionVariable());
|
| 2003 | AddStmt(FS->getInit());
|
| 2004 | }
|
| 2005 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitGotoStmt(GotoStmt *GS) {
|
| 2006 | WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(GS->getLabel(), GS->getLabelLoc(), Parent));
|
| 2007 | }
|
| 2008 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitIfStmt(IfStmt *If) {
|
| 2009 | AddStmt(If->getElse());
|
| 2010 | AddStmt(If->getThen());
|
| 2011 | AddStmt(If->getCond());
|
| 2012 | AddDecl(If->getConditionVariable());
|
| 2013 | }
|
| 2014 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *IE) {
|
| 2015 | // We care about the syntactic form of the initializer list, only.
|
| 2016 | if (InitListExpr *Syntactic = IE->getSyntacticForm())
|
| 2017 | IE = Syntactic;
|
| 2018 | EnqueueChildren(IE);
|
| 2019 | }
|
| 2020 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *M) {
|
| 2021 | WL.push_back(MemberExprParts(M, Parent));
|
| 2022 |
|
| 2023 | // If the base of the member access expression is an implicit 'this', don't
|
| 2024 | // visit it.
|
| 2025 | // FIXME: If we ever want to show these implicit accesses, this will be
|
| 2026 | // unfortunate. However, clang_getCursor() relies on this behavior.
|
| 2027 | if (!M->isImplicitAccess())
|
| 2028 | AddStmt(M->getBase());
|
| 2029 | }
|
| 2030 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCEncodeExpr(ObjCEncodeExpr *E) {
|
| 2031 | AddTypeLoc(E->getEncodedTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 2032 | }
|
| 2033 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *M) {
|
| 2034 | EnqueueChildren(M);
|
| 2035 | AddTypeLoc(M->getClassReceiverTypeInfo());
|
| 2036 | }
|
| 2037 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E) {
|
| 2038 | // Visit the components of the offsetof expression.
|
| 2039 | for (unsigned N = E->getNumComponents(), I = N; I > 0; --I) {
|
| 2040 | typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
|
| 2041 | const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I-1);
|
| 2042 | switch (Node.getKind()) {
|
| 2043 | case OffsetOfNode::Array:
|
| 2044 | AddStmt(E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex()));
|
| 2045 | break;
|
| 2046 | case OffsetOfNode::Field:
|
| 2047 | AddMemberRef(Node.getField(), Node.getSourceRange().getEnd());
|
| 2048 | break;
|
| 2049 | case OffsetOfNode::Identifier:
|
| 2050 | case OffsetOfNode::Base:
|
| 2051 | continue;
|
| 2052 | }
|
| 2053 | }
|
| 2054 | // Visit the type into which we're computing the offset.
|
| 2055 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 2056 | }
|
| 2057 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOverloadExpr(OverloadExpr *E) {
|
| 2058 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
|
| 2059 | WL.push_back(OverloadExprParts(E, Parent));
|
| 2060 | }
|
| 2061 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
|
| 2062 | UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
|
| 2063 | EnqueueChildren(E);
|
| 2064 | if (E->isArgumentType())
|
| 2065 | AddTypeLoc(E->getArgumentTypeInfo());
|
| 2066 | }
|
| 2067 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
|
| 2068 | EnqueueChildren(S);
|
| 2069 | }
|
| 2070 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSwitchStmt(SwitchStmt *S) {
|
| 2071 | AddStmt(S->getBody());
|
| 2072 | AddStmt(S->getCond());
|
| 2073 | AddDecl(S->getConditionVariable());
|
| 2074 | }
|
| 2075 |
|
| 2076 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitWhileStmt(WhileStmt *W) {
|
| 2077 | AddStmt(W->getBody());
|
| 2078 | AddStmt(W->getCond());
|
| 2079 | AddDecl(W->getConditionVariable());
|
| 2080 | }
|
| 2081 |
|
| 2082 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryTypeTraitExpr(UnaryTypeTraitExpr *E) {
|
| 2083 | AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 2084 | }
|
| 2085 |
|
| 2086 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBinaryTypeTraitExpr(BinaryTypeTraitExpr *E) {
|
| 2087 | AddTypeLoc(E->getRhsTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 2088 | AddTypeLoc(E->getLhsTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 2089 | }
|
| 2090 |
|
| 2091 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitTypeTraitExpr(TypeTraitExpr *E) {
|
| 2092 | for (unsigned I = E->getNumArgs(); I > 0; --I)
|
| 2093 | AddTypeLoc(E->getArg(I-1));
|
| 2094 | }
|
| 2095 |
|
| 2096 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) {
|
| 2097 | AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo());
|
| 2098 | }
|
| 2099 |
|
| 2100 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExpressionTraitExpr(ExpressionTraitExpr *E) {
|
| 2101 | EnqueueChildren(E);
|
| 2102 | }
|
| 2103 |
|
| 2104 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(UnresolvedMemberExpr *U) {
|
| 2105 | VisitOverloadExpr(U);
|
| 2106 | if (!U->isImplicitAccess())
|
| 2107 | AddStmt(U->getBase());
|
| 2108 | }
|
| 2109 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitVAArgExpr(VAArgExpr *E) {
|
| 2110 | AddStmt(E->getSubExpr());
|
| 2111 | AddTypeLoc(E->getWrittenTypeInfo());
|
| 2112 | }
|
| 2113 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(SizeOfPackExpr *E) {
|
| 2114 | WL.push_back(SizeOfPackExprParts(E, Parent));
|
| 2115 | }
|
| 2116 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E) {
|
| 2117 | // If the opaque value has a source expression, just transparently
|
| 2118 | // visit that. This is useful for (e.g.) pseudo-object expressions.
|
| 2119 | if (Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr())
|
| 2120 | return Visit(SourceExpr);
|
| 2121 | }
|
| 2122 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
|
| 2123 | AddStmt(E->getBody());
|
| 2124 | WL.push_back(LambdaExprParts(E, Parent));
|
| 2125 | }
|
| 2126 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *E) {
|
| 2127 | // Treat the expression like its syntactic form.
|
| 2128 | Visit(E->getSyntacticForm());
|
| 2129 | }
|
| 2130 |
|
| 2131 | void CursorVisitor::EnqueueWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL, Stmt *S) {
|
| 2132 | EnqueueVisitor(WL, MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU,RegionOfInterest)).Visit(S);
|
| 2133 | }
|
| 2134 |
|
| 2135 | bool CursorVisitor::IsInRegionOfInterest(CXCursor C) {
|
| 2136 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) {
|
| 2137 | SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(C);
|
| 2138 | if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range))
|
| 2139 | return false;
|
| 2140 | }
|
| 2141 | return true;
|
| 2142 | }
|
| 2143 |
|
| 2144 | bool CursorVisitor::RunVisitorWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL) {
|
| 2145 | while (!WL.empty()) {
|
| 2146 | // Dequeue the worklist item.
|
| 2147 | VisitorJob LI = WL.back();
|
| 2148 | WL.pop_back();
|
| 2149 |
|
| 2150 | // Set the Parent field, then back to its old value once we're done.
|
| 2151 | SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, LI.getParent());
|
| 2152 |
|
| 2153 | switch (LI.getKind()) {
|
| 2154 | case VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind: {
|
| 2155 | Decl *D = cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2156 | if (!D)
|
| 2157 | continue;
|
| 2158 |
|
| 2159 | // For now, perform default visitation for Decls.
|
| 2160 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest,
|
| 2161 | cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->isFirst())))
|
| 2162 | return true;
|
| 2163 |
|
| 2164 | continue;
|
| 2165 | }
|
| 2166 | case VisitorJob::ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind: {
|
| 2167 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *ArgList =
|
| 2168 | cast<ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2169 | for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = ArgList->getTemplateArgs(),
|
| 2170 | *ArgEnd = Arg + ArgList->NumTemplateArgs;
|
| 2171 | Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) {
|
| 2172 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg))
|
| 2173 | return true;
|
| 2174 | }
|
| 2175 | continue;
|
| 2176 | }
|
| 2177 | case VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind: {
|
| 2178 | // Perform default visitation for TypeLocs.
|
| 2179 | if (Visit(cast<TypeLocVisit>(&LI)->get()))
|
| 2180 | return true;
|
| 2181 | continue;
|
| 2182 | }
|
| 2183 | case VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind: {
|
| 2184 | LabelDecl *LS = cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2185 | if (LabelStmt *stmt = LS->getStmt()) {
|
| 2186 | if (Visit(MakeCursorLabelRef(stmt, cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->getLoc(),
|
| 2187 | TU))) {
|
| 2188 | return true;
|
| 2189 | }
|
| 2190 | }
|
| 2191 | continue;
|
| 2192 | }
|
| 2193 |
|
| 2194 | case VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind: {
|
| 2195 | NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit *V = cast<NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit>(&LI);
|
| 2196 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(V->get()))
|
| 2197 | return true;
|
| 2198 | continue;
|
| 2199 | }
|
| 2200 |
|
| 2201 | case VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind: {
|
| 2202 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(cast<DeclarationNameInfoVisit>(&LI)
|
| 2203 | ->get()))
|
| 2204 | return true;
|
| 2205 | continue;
|
| 2206 | }
|
| 2207 | case VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind: {
|
| 2208 | MemberRefVisit *V = cast<MemberRefVisit>(&LI);
|
| 2209 | if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(V->get(), V->getLoc(), TU)))
|
| 2210 | return true;
|
| 2211 | continue;
|
| 2212 | }
|
| 2213 | case VisitorJob::StmtVisitKind: {
|
| 2214 | Stmt *S = cast<StmtVisit>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2215 | if (!S)
|
| 2216 | continue;
|
| 2217 |
|
| 2218 | // Update the current cursor.
|
| 2219 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest);
|
| 2220 | if (!IsInRegionOfInterest(Cursor))
|
| 2221 | continue;
|
| 2222 | switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) {
|
| 2223 | case CXChildVisit_Break: return true;
|
| 2224 | case CXChildVisit_Continue: break;
|
| 2225 | case CXChildVisit_Recurse:
|
| 2226 | if (PostChildrenVisitor)
|
| 2227 | WL.push_back(PostChildrenVisit(0, Cursor));
|
| 2228 | EnqueueWorkList(WL, S);
|
| 2229 | break;
|
| 2230 | }
|
| 2231 | continue;
|
| 2232 | }
|
| 2233 | case VisitorJob::MemberExprPartsKind: {
|
| 2234 | // Handle the other pieces in the MemberExpr besides the base.
|
| 2235 | MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExprParts>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2236 |
|
| 2237 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier
|
| 2238 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = M->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 2239 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 2240 | return true;
|
| 2241 |
|
| 2242 | // Visit the declaration name.
|
| 2243 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(M->getMemberNameInfo()))
|
| 2244 | return true;
|
| 2245 |
|
| 2246 | // Visit the explicitly-specified template arguments, if any.
|
| 2247 | if (M->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
|
| 2248 | for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = M->getTemplateArgs(),
|
| 2249 | *ArgEnd = Arg + M->getNumTemplateArgs();
|
| 2250 | Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) {
|
| 2251 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg))
|
| 2252 | return true;
|
| 2253 | }
|
| 2254 | }
|
| 2255 | continue;
|
| 2256 | }
|
| 2257 | case VisitorJob::DeclRefExprPartsKind: {
|
| 2258 | DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExprParts>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2259 | // Visit nested-name-specifier, if present.
|
| 2260 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DR->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 2261 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 2262 | return true;
|
| 2263 | // Visit declaration name.
|
| 2264 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DR->getNameInfo()))
|
| 2265 | return true;
|
| 2266 | continue;
|
| 2267 | }
|
| 2268 | case VisitorJob::OverloadExprPartsKind: {
|
| 2269 | OverloadExpr *O = cast<OverloadExprParts>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2270 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier.
|
| 2271 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = O->getQualifierLoc())
|
| 2272 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc))
|
| 2273 | return true;
|
| 2274 | // Visit the declaration name.
|
| 2275 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(O->getNameInfo()))
|
| 2276 | return true;
|
| 2277 | // Visit the overloaded declaration reference.
|
| 2278 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(O, TU)))
|
| 2279 | return true;
|
| 2280 | continue;
|
| 2281 | }
|
| 2282 | case VisitorJob::SizeOfPackExprPartsKind: {
|
| 2283 | SizeOfPackExpr *E = cast<SizeOfPackExprParts>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2284 | NamedDecl *Pack = E->getPack();
|
| 2285 | if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack)) {
|
| 2286 | if (Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack),
|
| 2287 | E->getPackLoc(), TU)))
|
| 2288 | return true;
|
| 2289 |
|
| 2290 | continue;
|
| 2291 | }
|
| 2292 |
|
| 2293 | if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack)) {
|
| 2294 | if (Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack),
|
| 2295 | E->getPackLoc(), TU)))
|
| 2296 | return true;
|
| 2297 |
|
| 2298 | continue;
|
| 2299 | }
|
| 2300 |
|
| 2301 | // Non-type template parameter packs and function parameter packs are
|
| 2302 | // treated like DeclRefExpr cursors.
|
| 2303 | continue;
|
| 2304 | }
|
| 2305 |
|
| 2306 | case VisitorJob::LambdaExprPartsKind: {
|
| 2307 | // Visit captures.
|
| 2308 | LambdaExpr *E = cast<LambdaExprParts>(&LI)->get();
|
| 2309 | for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = E->explicit_capture_begin(),
|
| 2310 | CEnd = E->explicit_capture_end();
|
| 2311 | C != CEnd; ++C) {
|
| 2312 | if (C->capturesThis())
|
| 2313 | continue;
|
| 2314 |
|
| 2315 | if (Visit(MakeCursorVariableRef(C->getCapturedVar(),
|
| 2316 | C->getLocation(),
|
| 2317 | TU)))
|
| 2318 | return true;
|
| 2319 | }
|
| 2320 |
|
| 2321 | // Visit parameters and return type, if present.
|
| 2322 | if (E->hasExplicitParameters() || E->hasExplicitResultType()) {
|
| 2323 | TypeLoc TL = E->getCallOperator()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
|
| 2324 | if (E->hasExplicitParameters() && E->hasExplicitResultType()) {
|
| 2325 | // Visit the whole type.
|
| 2326 | if (Visit(TL))
|
| 2327 | return true;
|
| 2328 | } else if (isa<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(TL)) {
|
| 2329 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc Proto = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(TL);
|
| 2330 | if (E->hasExplicitParameters()) {
|
| 2331 | // Visit parameters.
|
| 2332 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Proto.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
|
| 2333 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Proto.getArg(I), TU)))
|
| 2334 | return true;
|
| 2335 | } else {
|
| 2336 | // Visit result type.
|
| 2337 | if (Visit(Proto.getResultLoc()))
|
| 2338 | return true;
|
| 2339 | }
|
| 2340 | }
|
| 2341 | }
|
| 2342 | break;
|
| 2343 | }
|
| 2344 |
|
| 2345 | case VisitorJob::PostChildrenVisitKind:
|
| 2346 | if (PostChildrenVisitor(Parent, ClientData))
|
| 2347 | return true;
|
| 2348 | break;
|
| 2349 | }
|
| 2350 | }
|
| 2351 | return false;
|
| 2352 | }
|
| 2353 |
|
| 2354 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit(Stmt *S) {
|
| 2355 | VisitorWorkList *WL = 0;
|
| 2356 | if (!WorkListFreeList.empty()) {
|
| 2357 | WL = WorkListFreeList.back();
|
| 2358 | WL->clear();
|
| 2359 | WorkListFreeList.pop_back();
|
| 2360 | }
|
| 2361 | else {
|
| 2362 | WL = new VisitorWorkList();
|
| 2363 | WorkListCache.push_back(WL);
|
| 2364 | }
|
| 2365 | EnqueueWorkList(*WL, S);
|
| 2366 | bool result = RunVisitorWorkList(*WL);
|
| 2367 | WorkListFreeList.push_back(WL);
|
| 2368 | return result;
|
| 2369 | }
|
| 2370 |
|
| 2371 | namespace {
|
| 2372 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<SourceRange, 4> RefNamePieces;
|
| 2373 | RefNamePieces buildPieces(unsigned NameFlags, bool IsMemberRefExpr,
|
| 2374 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NI,
|
| 2375 | const SourceRange &QLoc,
|
| 2376 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0){
|
| 2377 | const bool WantQualifier = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantQualifier;
|
| 2378 | const bool WantTemplateArgs = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs;
|
| 2379 | const bool WantSinglePiece = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece;
|
| 2380 |
|
| 2381 | const DeclarationName::NameKind Kind = NI.getName().getNameKind();
|
| 2382 |
|
| 2383 | RefNamePieces Pieces;
|
| 2384 |
|
| 2385 | if (WantQualifier && QLoc.isValid())
|
| 2386 | Pieces.push_back(QLoc);
|
| 2387 |
|
| 2388 | if (Kind != DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || IsMemberRefExpr)
|
| 2389 | Pieces.push_back(NI.getLoc());
|
| 2390 |
|
| 2391 | if (WantTemplateArgs && TemplateArgs)
|
| 2392 | Pieces.push_back(SourceRange(TemplateArgs->LAngleLoc,
|
| 2393 | TemplateArgs->RAngleLoc));
|
| 2394 |
|
| 2395 | if (Kind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) {
|
| 2396 | Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(
|
| 2397 | NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc));
|
| 2398 | Pieces.push_back(SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(
|
| 2399 | NI.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc));
|
| 2400 | }
|
| 2401 |
|
| 2402 | if (WantSinglePiece) {
|
| 2403 | SourceRange R(Pieces.front().getBegin(), Pieces.back().getEnd());
|
| 2404 | Pieces.clear();
|
| 2405 | Pieces.push_back(R);
|
| 2406 | }
|
| 2407 |
|
| 2408 | return Pieces;
|
| 2409 | }
|
| 2410 | }
|
| 2411 |
|
| 2412 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 2413 | // Misc. API hooks.
|
| 2414 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 2415 |
|
| 2416 | static llvm::sys::Mutex EnableMultithreadingMutex;
|
| 2417 | static bool EnabledMultithreading;
|
| 2418 |
|
| 2419 | static void fatal_error_handler(void *user_data, const std::string& reason) {
|
| 2420 | // Write the result out to stderr avoiding errs() because raw_ostreams can
|
| 2421 | // call report_fatal_error.
|
| 2422 | fprintf(stderr, "LIBCLANG FATAL ERROR: %s\n", reason.c_str());
|
| 2423 | ::abort();
|
| 2424 | }
|
| 2425 |
|
| 2426 | extern "C" {
|
| 2427 | CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
|
| 2428 | int displayDiagnostics) {
|
| 2429 | // Disable pretty stack trace functionality, which will otherwise be a very
|
| 2430 | // poor citizen of the world and set up all sorts of signal handlers.
|
| 2431 | llvm::DisablePrettyStackTrace = true;
|
| 2432 |
|
| 2433 | // We use crash recovery to make some of our APIs more reliable, implicitly
|
| 2434 | // enable it.
|
| 2435 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable();
|
| 2436 |
|
| 2437 | // Enable support for multithreading in LLVM.
|
| 2438 | {
|
| 2439 | llvm::sys::ScopedLock L(EnableMultithreadingMutex);
|
| 2440 | if (!EnabledMultithreading) {
|
| 2441 | llvm::install_fatal_error_handler(fatal_error_handler, 0);
|
| 2442 | llvm::llvm_start_multithreaded();
|
| 2443 | EnabledMultithreading = true;
|
| 2444 | }
|
| 2445 | }
|
| 2446 |
|
| 2447 | CIndexer *CIdxr = new CIndexer();
|
| 2448 | if (excludeDeclarationsFromPCH)
|
| 2449 | CIdxr->setOnlyLocalDecls();
|
| 2450 | if (displayDiagnostics)
|
| 2451 | CIdxr->setDisplayDiagnostics();
|
| 2452 |
|
| 2453 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_INDEX"))
|
| 2454 | CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() |
|
| 2455 | CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
|
| 2456 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_EDIT"))
|
| 2457 | CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags() |
|
| 2458 | CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing);
|
| 2459 |
|
| 2460 | return CIdxr;
|
| 2461 | }
|
| 2462 |
|
| 2463 | void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex CIdx) {
|
| 2464 | if (CIdx)
|
| 2465 | delete static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
|
| 2466 | }
|
| 2467 |
|
| 2468 | void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx, unsigned options) {
|
| 2469 | if (CIdx)
|
| 2470 | static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->setCXGlobalOptFlags(options);
|
| 2471 | }
|
| 2472 |
|
| 2473 | unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx) {
|
| 2474 | if (CIdx)
|
| 2475 | return static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->getCXGlobalOptFlags();
|
| 2476 | return 0;
|
| 2477 | }
|
| 2478 |
|
| 2479 | void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled) {
|
| 2480 | if (isEnabled)
|
| 2481 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable();
|
| 2482 | else
|
| 2483 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Disable();
|
| 2484 | }
|
| 2485 |
|
| 2486 | CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
|
| 2487 | const char *ast_filename) {
|
| 2488 | if (!CIdx)
|
| 2489 | return 0;
|
| 2490 |
|
| 2491 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
|
| 2492 | FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts;
|
| 2493 |
|
| 2494 | IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags;
|
| 2495 | ASTUnit *TU = ASTUnit::LoadFromASTFile(ast_filename, Diags, FileSystemOpts,
|
| 2496 | CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(),
|
| 2497 | 0, 0,
|
| 2498 | /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true,
|
| 2499 | /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true,
|
| 2500 | /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true);
|
| 2501 | return MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, TU);
|
| 2502 | }
|
| 2503 |
|
| 2504 | unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions() {
|
| 2505 | return CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble |
|
| 2506 | CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults;
|
| 2507 | }
|
| 2508 |
|
| 2509 | CXTranslationUnit
|
| 2510 | clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(CXIndex CIdx,
|
| 2511 | const char *source_filename,
|
| 2512 | int num_command_line_args,
|
| 2513 | const char * const *command_line_args,
|
| 2514 | unsigned num_unsaved_files,
|
| 2515 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files) {
|
| 2516 | unsigned Options = CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord;
|
| 2517 | return clang_parseTranslationUnit(CIdx, source_filename,
|
| 2518 | command_line_args, num_command_line_args,
|
| 2519 | unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files,
|
| 2520 | Options);
|
| 2521 | }
|
| 2522 |
|
| 2523 | struct ParseTranslationUnitInfo {
|
| 2524 | CXIndex CIdx;
|
| 2525 | const char *source_filename;
|
| 2526 | const char *const *command_line_args;
|
| 2527 | int num_command_line_args;
|
| 2528 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files;
|
| 2529 | unsigned num_unsaved_files;
|
| 2530 | unsigned options;
|
| 2531 | CXTranslationUnit result;
|
| 2532 | };
|
| 2533 | static void clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
|
| 2534 | ParseTranslationUnitInfo *PTUI =
|
| 2535 | static_cast<ParseTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
|
| 2536 | CXIndex CIdx = PTUI->CIdx;
|
| 2537 | const char *source_filename = PTUI->source_filename;
|
| 2538 | const char * const *command_line_args = PTUI->command_line_args;
|
| 2539 | int num_command_line_args = PTUI->num_command_line_args;
|
| 2540 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files = PTUI->unsaved_files;
|
| 2541 | unsigned num_unsaved_files = PTUI->num_unsaved_files;
|
| 2542 | unsigned options = PTUI->options;
|
| 2543 | PTUI->result = 0;
|
| 2544 |
|
| 2545 | if (!CIdx)
|
| 2546 | return;
|
| 2547 |
|
| 2548 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx);
|
| 2549 |
|
| 2550 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing))
|
| 2551 | setThreadBackgroundPriority();
|
| 2552 |
|
| 2553 | bool PrecompilePreamble = options & CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble;
|
| 2554 | // FIXME: Add a flag for modules.
|
| 2555 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind
|
| 2556 | = (options & CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete)? TU_Prefix : TU_Complete;
|
| 2557 | bool CacheCodeCompetionResults
|
| 2558 | = options & CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults;
|
| 2559 | bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion
|
| 2560 | = options & CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion;
|
| 2561 | bool SkipFunctionBodies = options & CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies;
|
| 2562 | bool ForSerialization = options & CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization;
|
| 2563 |
|
| 2564 | // Configure the diagnostics.
|
| 2565 | IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine>
|
| 2566 | Diags(CompilerInstance::createDiagnostics(new DiagnosticOptions,
|
| 2567 | num_command_line_args,
|
| 2568 | command_line_args));
|
| 2569 |
|
| 2570 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
|
| 2571 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<DiagnosticsEngine,
|
| 2572 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextReleaseRefCleanup<DiagnosticsEngine> >
|
| 2573 | DiagCleanup(Diags.getPtr());
|
| 2574 |
|
| 2575 | OwningPtr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> >
|
| 2576 | RemappedFiles(new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>());
|
| 2577 |
|
| 2578 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
|
| 2579 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<
|
| 2580 | std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get());
|
| 2581 |
|
| 2582 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != num_unsaved_files; ++I) {
|
| 2583 | StringRef Data(unsaved_files[I].Contents, unsaved_files[I].Length);
|
| 2584 | const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer
|
| 2585 | = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(Data, unsaved_files[I].Filename);
|
| 2586 | RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(unsaved_files[I].Filename,
|
| 2587 | Buffer));
|
| 2588 | }
|
| 2589 |
|
| 2590 | OwningPtr<std::vector<const char *> >
|
| 2591 | Args(new std::vector<const char*>());
|
| 2592 |
|
| 2593 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
|
| 2594 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<std::vector<const char*> >
|
| 2595 | ArgsCleanup(Args.get());
|
| 2596 |
|
| 2597 | // Since the Clang C library is primarily used by batch tools dealing with
|
| 2598 | // (often very broken) source code, where spell-checking can have a
|
| 2599 | // significant negative impact on performance (particularly when
|
| 2600 | // precompiled headers are involved), we disable it by default.
|
| 2601 | // Only do this if we haven't found a spell-checking-related argument.
|
| 2602 | bool FoundSpellCheckingArgument = false;
|
| 2603 | for (int I = 0; I != num_command_line_args; ++I) {
|
| 2604 | if (strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fno-spell-checking") == 0 ||
|
| 2605 | strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fspell-checking") == 0) {
|
| 2606 | FoundSpellCheckingArgument = true;
|
| 2607 | break;
|
| 2608 | }
|
| 2609 | }
|
| 2610 | if (!FoundSpellCheckingArgument)
|
| 2611 | Args->push_back("-fno-spell-checking");
|
| 2612 |
|
| 2613 | Args->insert(Args->end(), command_line_args,
|
| 2614 | command_line_args + num_command_line_args);
|
| 2615 |
|
| 2616 | // The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller does not
|
| 2617 | // specify it then it is assumed that the source file is specified
|
| 2618 | // in the actual argument list.
|
| 2619 | // Put the source file after command_line_args otherwise if '-x' flag is
|
| 2620 | // present it will be unused.
|
| 2621 | if (source_filename)
|
| 2622 | Args->push_back(source_filename);
|
| 2623 |
|
| 2624 | // Do we need the detailed preprocessing record?
|
| 2625 | if (options & CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord) {
|
| 2626 | Args->push_back("-Xclang");
|
| 2627 | Args->push_back("-detailed-preprocessing-record");
|
| 2628 | }
|
| 2629 |
|
| 2630 | unsigned NumErrors = Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors();
|
| 2631 | OwningPtr<ASTUnit> ErrUnit;
|
| 2632 | OwningPtr<ASTUnit> Unit(
|
| 2633 | ASTUnit::LoadFromCommandLine(Args->size() ? &(*Args)[0] : 0
|
| 2634 | /* vector::data() not portable */,
|
| 2635 | Args->size() ? (&(*Args)[0] + Args->size()) :0,
|
| 2636 | Diags,
|
| 2637 | CXXIdx->getClangResourcesPath(),
|
| 2638 | CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(),
|
| 2639 | /*CaptureDiagnostics=*/true,
|
| 2640 | RemappedFiles->size() ? &(*RemappedFiles)[0]:0,
|
| 2641 | RemappedFiles->size(),
|
| 2642 | /*RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName=*/true,
|
| 2643 | PrecompilePreamble,
|
| 2644 | TUKind,
|
| 2645 | CacheCodeCompetionResults,
|
| 2646 | IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion,
|
| 2647 | /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true,
|
| 2648 | SkipFunctionBodies,
|
| 2649 | /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true,
|
| 2650 | ForSerialization,
|
| 2651 | &ErrUnit));
|
| 2652 |
|
| 2653 | if (NumErrors != Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors()) {
|
| 2654 | // Make sure to check that 'Unit' is non-NULL.
|
| 2655 | if (CXXIdx->getDisplayDiagnostics())
|
| 2656 | printDiagsToStderr(Unit ? Unit.get() : ErrUnit.get());
|
| 2657 | }
|
| 2658 |
|
| 2659 | PTUI->result = MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, Unit.take());
|
| 2660 | }
|
| 2661 | CXTranslationUnit clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
|
| 2662 | const char *source_filename,
|
| 2663 | const char * const *command_line_args,
|
| 2664 | int num_command_line_args,
|
| 2665 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
|
| 2666 | unsigned num_unsaved_files,
|
| 2667 | unsigned options) {
|
| 2668 | ParseTranslationUnitInfo PTUI = { CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args,
|
| 2669 | num_command_line_args, unsaved_files,
|
| 2670 | num_unsaved_files, options, 0 };
|
| 2671 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
|
| 2672 |
|
| 2673 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl, &PTUI)) {
|
| 2674 | fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during parsing: {\n");
|
| 2675 | fprintf(stderr, " 'source_filename' : '%s'\n", source_filename);
|
| 2676 | fprintf(stderr, " 'command_line_args' : [");
|
| 2677 | for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i) {
|
| 2678 | if (i)
|
| 2679 | fprintf(stderr, ", ");
|
| 2680 | fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", command_line_args[i]);
|
| 2681 | }
|
| 2682 | fprintf(stderr, "],\n");
|
| 2683 | fprintf(stderr, " 'unsaved_files' : [");
|
| 2684 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != num_unsaved_files; ++i) {
|
| 2685 | if (i)
|
| 2686 | fprintf(stderr, ", ");
|
| 2687 | fprintf(stderr, "('%s', '...', %ld)", unsaved_files[i].Filename,
|
| 2688 | unsaved_files[i].Length);
|
| 2689 | }
|
| 2690 | fprintf(stderr, "],\n");
|
| 2691 | fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options);
|
| 2692 | fprintf(stderr, "}\n");
|
| 2693 |
|
| 2694 | return 0;
|
| 2695 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) {
|
| 2696 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(PTUI.result);
|
| 2697 | }
|
| 2698 |
|
| 2699 | return PTUI.result;
|
| 2700 | }
|
| 2701 |
|
| 2702 | unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
|
| 2703 | return CXSaveTranslationUnit_None;
|
| 2704 | }
|
| 2705 |
|
| 2706 | namespace {
|
| 2707 |
|
| 2708 | struct SaveTranslationUnitInfo {
|
| 2709 | CXTranslationUnit TU;
|
| 2710 | const char *FileName;
|
| 2711 | unsigned options;
|
| 2712 | CXSaveError result;
|
| 2713 | };
|
| 2714 |
|
| 2715 | }
|
| 2716 |
|
| 2717 | static void clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
|
| 2718 | SaveTranslationUnitInfo *STUI =
|
| 2719 | static_cast<SaveTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
|
| 2720 |
|
| 2721 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)STUI->TU->CIdx;
|
| 2722 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing))
|
| 2723 | setThreadBackgroundPriority();
|
| 2724 |
|
| 2725 | bool hadError = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(STUI->TU->TUData)->Save(STUI->FileName);
|
| 2726 | STUI->result = hadError ? CXSaveError_Unknown : CXSaveError_None;
|
| 2727 | }
|
| 2728 |
|
| 2729 | int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *FileName,
|
| 2730 | unsigned options) {
|
| 2731 | if (!TU)
|
| 2732 | return CXSaveError_InvalidTU;
|
| 2733 |
|
| 2734 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 2735 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
|
| 2736 | if (!CXXUnit->hasSema())
|
| 2737 | return CXSaveError_InvalidTU;
|
| 2738 |
|
| 2739 | SaveTranslationUnitInfo STUI = { TU, FileName, options, CXSaveError_None };
|
| 2740 |
|
| 2741 | if (!CXXUnit->getDiagnostics().hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred() ||
|
| 2742 | getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) {
|
| 2743 | clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(&STUI);
|
| 2744 |
|
| 2745 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE"))
|
| 2746 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
|
| 2747 |
|
| 2748 | return STUI.result;
|
| 2749 | }
|
| 2750 |
|
| 2751 | // We have an AST that has invalid nodes due to compiler errors.
|
| 2752 | // Use a crash recovery thread for protection.
|
| 2753 |
|
| 2754 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
|
| 2755 |
|
| 2756 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl, &STUI)) {
|
| 2757 | fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during AST saving: {\n");
|
| 2758 | fprintf(stderr, " 'filename' : '%s'\n", FileName);
|
| 2759 | fprintf(stderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options);
|
| 2760 | fprintf(stderr, "}\n");
|
| 2761 |
|
| 2762 | return CXSaveError_Unknown;
|
| 2763 |
|
| 2764 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) {
|
| 2765 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
|
| 2766 | }
|
| 2767 |
|
| 2768 | return STUI.result;
|
| 2769 | }
|
| 2770 |
|
| 2771 | void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
|
| 2772 | if (CTUnit) {
|
| 2773 | // If the translation unit has been marked as unsafe to free, just discard
|
| 2774 | // it.
|
| 2775 | if (static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData)->isUnsafeToFree())
|
| 2776 | return;
|
| 2777 |
|
| 2778 | delete static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData);
|
| 2779 | disposeCXStringPool(CTUnit->StringPool);
|
| 2780 | delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl *>(CTUnit->Diagnostics);
|
| 2781 | disposeOverridenCXCursorsPool(CTUnit->OverridenCursorsPool);
|
| 2782 | delete CTUnit;
|
| 2783 | }
|
| 2784 | }
|
| 2785 |
|
| 2786 | unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
|
| 2787 | return CXReparse_None;
|
| 2788 | }
|
| 2789 |
|
| 2790 | struct ReparseTranslationUnitInfo {
|
| 2791 | CXTranslationUnit TU;
|
| 2792 | unsigned num_unsaved_files;
|
| 2793 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files;
|
| 2794 | unsigned options;
|
| 2795 | int result;
|
| 2796 | };
|
| 2797 |
|
| 2798 | static void clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(void *UserData) {
|
| 2799 | ReparseTranslationUnitInfo *RTUI =
|
| 2800 | static_cast<ReparseTranslationUnitInfo*>(UserData);
|
| 2801 | CXTranslationUnit TU = RTUI->TU;
|
| 2802 |
|
| 2803 | // Reset the associated diagnostics.
|
| 2804 | delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl*>(TU->Diagnostics);
|
| 2805 | TU->Diagnostics = 0;
|
| 2806 |
|
| 2807 | unsigned num_unsaved_files = RTUI->num_unsaved_files;
|
| 2808 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files = RTUI->unsaved_files;
|
| 2809 | unsigned options = RTUI->options;
|
| 2810 | (void) options;
|
| 2811 | RTUI->result = 1;
|
| 2812 |
|
| 2813 | if (!TU)
|
| 2814 | return;
|
| 2815 |
|
| 2816 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)TU->CIdx;
|
| 2817 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing))
|
| 2818 | setThreadBackgroundPriority();
|
| 2819 |
|
| 2820 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 2821 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
|
| 2822 |
|
| 2823 | OwningPtr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> >
|
| 2824 | RemappedFiles(new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>());
|
| 2825 |
|
| 2826 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function.
|
| 2827 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<
|
| 2828 | std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile> > RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get());
|
| 2829 |
|
| 2830 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != num_unsaved_files; ++I) {
|
| 2831 | StringRef Data(unsaved_files[I].Contents, unsaved_files[I].Length);
|
| 2832 | const llvm::MemoryBuffer *Buffer
|
| 2833 | = llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(Data, unsaved_files[I].Filename);
|
| 2834 | RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(unsaved_files[I].Filename,
|
| 2835 | Buffer));
|
| 2836 | }
|
| 2837 |
|
| 2838 | if (!CXXUnit->Reparse(RemappedFiles->size() ? &(*RemappedFiles)[0] : 0,
|
| 2839 | RemappedFiles->size()))
|
| 2840 | RTUI->result = 0;
|
| 2841 | }
|
| 2842 |
|
| 2843 | int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
|
| 2844 | unsigned num_unsaved_files,
|
| 2845 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
|
| 2846 | unsigned options) {
|
| 2847 | ReparseTranslationUnitInfo RTUI = { TU, num_unsaved_files, unsaved_files,
|
| 2848 | options, 0 };
|
| 2849 |
|
| 2850 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) {
|
| 2851 | clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(&RTUI);
|
| 2852 | return RTUI.result;
|
| 2853 | }
|
| 2854 |
|
| 2855 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
|
| 2856 |
|
| 2857 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl, &RTUI)) {
|
| 2858 | fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected during reparsing\n");
|
| 2859 | static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData)->setUnsafeToFree(true);
|
| 2860 | return 1;
|
| 2861 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE"))
|
| 2862 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU);
|
| 2863 |
|
| 2864 | return RTUI.result;
|
| 2865 | }
|
| 2866 |
|
| 2867 |
|
| 2868 | CXString clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) {
|
| 2869 | if (!CTUnit)
|
| 2870 | return createCXString("");
|
| 2871 |
|
| 2872 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(CTUnit->TUData);
|
| 2873 | return createCXString(CXXUnit->getOriginalSourceFileName(), true);
|
| 2874 | }
|
| 2875 |
|
| 2876 | CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
|
| 2877 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(TU->TUData);
|
| 2878 | return MakeCXCursor(CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(), TU);
|
| 2879 | }
|
| 2880 |
|
| 2881 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 2882 |
|
| 2883 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 2884 | // CXFile Operations.
|
| 2885 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 2886 |
|
| 2887 | extern "C" {
|
| 2888 | CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile) {
|
| 2889 | if (!SFile)
|
| 2890 | return createCXString((const char*)NULL);
|
| 2891 |
|
| 2892 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
|
| 2893 | return createCXString(FEnt->getName());
|
| 2894 | }
|
| 2895 |
|
| 2896 | time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile) {
|
| 2897 | if (!SFile)
|
| 2898 | return 0;
|
| 2899 |
|
| 2900 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile);
|
| 2901 | return FEnt->getModificationTime();
|
| 2902 | }
|
| 2903 |
|
| 2904 | CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu, const char *file_name) {
|
| 2905 | if (!tu)
|
| 2906 | return 0;
|
| 2907 |
|
| 2908 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(tu->TUData);
|
| 2909 |
|
| 2910 | FileManager &FMgr = CXXUnit->getFileManager();
|
| 2911 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(FMgr.getFile(file_name));
|
| 2912 | }
|
| 2913 |
|
| 2914 | unsigned clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file) {
|
| 2915 | if (!tu || !file)
|
| 2916 | return 0;
|
| 2917 |
|
| 2918 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(tu->TUData);
|
| 2919 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file);
|
| 2920 | return CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getHeaderSearchInfo()
|
| 2921 | .isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FEnt);
|
| 2922 | }
|
| 2923 |
|
| 2924 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 2925 |
|
| 2926 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 2927 | // CXCursor Operations.
|
| 2928 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 2929 |
|
| 2930 | static Decl *getDeclFromExpr(Stmt *E) {
|
| 2931 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
|
| 2932 | return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr());
|
| 2933 |
|
| 2934 | if (DeclRefExpr *RefExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
|
| 2935 | return RefExpr->getDecl();
|
| 2936 | if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
|
| 2937 | return ME->getMemberDecl();
|
| 2938 | if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *RE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
|
| 2939 | return RE->getDecl();
|
| 2940 | if (ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E)) {
|
| 2941 | if (PRE->isExplicitProperty())
|
| 2942 | return PRE->getExplicitProperty();
|
| 2943 | // It could be messaging both getter and setter as in:
|
| 2944 | // ++myobj.myprop;
|
| 2945 | // in which case prefer to associate the setter since it is less obvious
|
| 2946 | // from inspecting the source that the setter is going to get called.
|
| 2947 | if (PRE->isMessagingSetter())
|
| 2948 | return PRE->getImplicitPropertySetter();
|
| 2949 | return PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter();
|
| 2950 | }
|
| 2951 | if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
|
| 2952 | return getDeclFromExpr(POE->getSyntacticForm());
|
| 2953 | if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
|
| 2954 | if (Expr *Src = OVE->getSourceExpr())
|
| 2955 | return getDeclFromExpr(Src);
|
| 2956 |
|
| 2957 | if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
|
| 2958 | return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getCallee());
|
| 2959 | if (CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E))
|
| 2960 | if (!CE->isElidable())
|
| 2961 | return CE->getConstructor();
|
| 2962 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *OME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
|
| 2963 | return OME->getMethodDecl();
|
| 2964 |
|
| 2965 | if (ObjCProtocolExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(E))
|
| 2966 | return PE->getProtocol();
|
| 2967 | if (SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr *NTTP
|
| 2968 | = dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr>(E))
|
| 2969 | return NTTP->getParameterPack();
|
| 2970 | if (SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E))
|
| 2971 | if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()) ||
|
| 2972 | isa<ParmVarDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()))
|
| 2973 | return SizeOfPack->getPack();
|
| 2974 |
|
| 2975 | return 0;
|
| 2976 | }
|
| 2977 |
|
| 2978 | static SourceLocation getLocationFromExpr(Expr *E) {
|
| 2979 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
|
| 2980 | return getLocationFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr());
|
| 2981 |
|
| 2982 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *Msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
|
| 2983 | return /*FIXME:*/Msg->getLeftLoc();
|
| 2984 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
|
| 2985 | return DRE->getLocation();
|
| 2986 | if (MemberExpr *Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
|
| 2987 | return Member->getMemberLoc();
|
| 2988 | if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
|
| 2989 | return Ivar->getLocation();
|
| 2990 | if (SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E))
|
| 2991 | return SizeOfPack->getPackLoc();
|
| 2992 | if (ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropRef = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E))
|
| 2993 | return PropRef->getLocation();
|
| 2994 |
|
| 2995 | return E->getLocStart();
|
| 2996 | }
|
| 2997 |
|
| 2998 | extern "C" {
|
| 2999 |
|
| 3000 | unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
|
| 3001 | CXCursorVisitor visitor,
|
| 3002 | CXClientData client_data) {
|
| 3003 | CursorVisitor CursorVis(getCursorTU(parent), visitor, client_data,
|
| 3004 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/false);
|
| 3005 | return CursorVis.VisitChildren(parent);
|
| 3006 | }
|
| 3007 |
|
| 3008 | #ifndef __has_feature
|
| 3009 | #define __has_feature(x) 0
|
| 3010 | #endif
|
| 3011 | #if __has_feature(blocks)
|
| 3012 | typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
|
| 3013 | (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
|
| 3014 |
|
| 3015 | static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
|
| 3016 | CXClientData client_data) {
|
| 3017 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data;
|
| 3018 | return block(cursor, parent);
|
| 3019 | }
|
| 3020 | #else
|
| 3021 | // If we are compiled with a compiler that doesn't have native blocks support,
|
| 3022 | // define and call the block manually, so the
|
| 3023 | typedef struct _CXChildVisitResult
|
| 3024 | {
|
| 3025 | void *isa;
|
| 3026 | int flags;
|
| 3027 | int reserved;
|
| 3028 | enum CXChildVisitResult(*invoke)(struct _CXChildVisitResult*, CXCursor,
|
| 3029 | CXCursor);
|
| 3030 | } *CXCursorVisitorBlock;
|
| 3031 |
|
| 3032 | static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
|
| 3033 | CXClientData client_data) {
|
| 3034 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data;
|
| 3035 | return block->invoke(block, cursor, parent);
|
| 3036 | }
|
| 3037 | #endif
|
| 3038 |
|
| 3039 |
|
| 3040 | unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
|
| 3041 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block) {
|
| 3042 | return clang_visitChildren(parent, visitWithBlock, block);
|
| 3043 | }
|
| 3044 |
|
| 3045 | static CXString getDeclSpelling(Decl *D) {
|
| 3046 | if (!D)
|
| 3047 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3048 |
|
| 3049 | NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D);
|
| 3050 | if (!ND) {
|
| 3051 | if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl =dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
|
| 3052 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl())
|
| 3053 | return createCXString(Property->getIdentifier()->getName());
|
| 3054 |
|
| 3055 | if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D))
|
| 3056 | if (Module *Mod = ImportD->getImportedModule())
|
| 3057 | return createCXString(Mod->getFullModuleName());
|
| 3058 |
|
| 3059 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3060 | }
|
| 3061 |
|
| 3062 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
|
| 3063 | return createCXString(OMD->getSelector().getAsString());
|
| 3064 |
|
| 3065 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CIMP = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ND))
|
| 3066 | // No, this isn't the same as the code below. getIdentifier() is non-virtual
|
| 3067 | // and returns different names. NamedDecl returns the class name and
|
| 3068 | // ObjCCategoryImplDecl returns the category name.
|
| 3069 | return createCXString(CIMP->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
|
| 3070 |
|
| 3071 | if (isa<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D))
|
| 3072 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3073 |
|
| 3074 | SmallString<1024> S;
|
| 3075 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(S);
|
| 3076 | ND->printName(os);
|
| 3077 |
|
| 3078 | return createCXString(os.str());
|
| 3079 | }
|
| 3080 |
|
| 3081 | CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor C) {
|
| 3082 | if (clang_isTranslationUnit(C.kind))
|
| 3083 | return clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(
|
| 3084 | static_cast<CXTranslationUnit>(C.data[2]));
|
| 3085 |
|
| 3086 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
|
| 3087 | switch (C.kind) {
|
| 3088 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: {
|
| 3089 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first;
|
| 3090 | return createCXString(Super->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
|
| 3091 | }
|
| 3092 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
|
| 3093 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first;
|
| 3094 | return createCXString(Class->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
|
| 3095 | }
|
| 3096 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
|
| 3097 | ObjCProtocolDecl *OID = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first;
|
| 3098 | assert(OID && "getCursorSpelling(): Missing protocol decl");
|
| 3099 | return createCXString(OID->getIdentifier()->getNameStart());
|
| 3100 | }
|
| 3101 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
|
| 3102 | CXXBaseSpecifier *B = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
|
| 3103 | return createCXString(B->getType().getAsString());
|
| 3104 | }
|
| 3105 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: {
|
| 3106 | TypeDecl *Type = getCursorTypeRef(C).first;
|
| 3107 | assert(Type && "Missing type decl");
|
| 3108 |
|
| 3109 | return createCXString(getCursorContext(C).getTypeDeclType(Type).
|
| 3110 | getAsString());
|
| 3111 | }
|
| 3112 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: {
|
| 3113 | TemplateDecl *Template = getCursorTemplateRef(C).first;
|
| 3114 | assert(Template && "Missing template decl");
|
| 3115 |
|
| 3116 | return createCXString(Template->getNameAsString());
|
| 3117 | }
|
| 3118 |
|
| 3119 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: {
|
| 3120 | NamedDecl *NS = getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first;
|
| 3121 | assert(NS && "Missing namespace decl");
|
| 3122 |
|
| 3123 | return createCXString(NS->getNameAsString());
|
| 3124 | }
|
| 3125 |
|
| 3126 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: {
|
| 3127 | FieldDecl *Field = getCursorMemberRef(C).first;
|
| 3128 | assert(Field && "Missing member decl");
|
| 3129 |
|
| 3130 | return createCXString(Field->getNameAsString());
|
| 3131 | }
|
| 3132 |
|
| 3133 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: {
|
| 3134 | LabelStmt *Label = getCursorLabelRef(C).first;
|
| 3135 | assert(Label && "Missing label");
|
| 3136 |
|
| 3137 | return createCXString(Label->getName());
|
| 3138 | }
|
| 3139 |
|
| 3140 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: {
|
| 3141 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first;
|
| 3142 | if (Decl *D = Storage.dyn_cast<Decl *>()) {
|
| 3143 | if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
|
| 3144 | return createCXString(ND->getNameAsString());
|
| 3145 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3146 | }
|
| 3147 | if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
|
| 3148 | return createCXString(E->getName().getAsString());
|
| 3149 | OverloadedTemplateStorage *Ovl
|
| 3150 | = Storage.get<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>();
|
| 3151 | if (Ovl->size() == 0)
|
| 3152 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3153 | return createCXString((*Ovl->begin())->getNameAsString());
|
| 3154 | }
|
| 3155 |
|
| 3156 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: {
|
| 3157 | VarDecl *Var = getCursorVariableRef(C).first;
|
| 3158 | assert(Var && "Missing variable decl");
|
| 3159 |
|
| 3160 | return createCXString(Var->getNameAsString());
|
| 3161 | }
|
| 3162 |
|
| 3163 | default:
|
| 3164 | return createCXString("<not implemented>");
|
| 3165 | }
|
| 3166 | }
|
| 3167 |
|
| 3168 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
|
| 3169 | Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C));
|
| 3170 | if (D)
|
| 3171 | return getDeclSpelling(D);
|
| 3172 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3173 | }
|
| 3174 |
|
| 3175 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
|
| 3176 | Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
|
| 3177 | if (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S))
|
| 3178 | return createCXString(Label->getName());
|
| 3179 |
|
| 3180 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3181 | }
|
| 3182 |
|
| 3183 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
|
| 3184 | return createCXString(getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getName()
|
| 3185 | ->getNameStart());
|
| 3186 |
|
| 3187 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition)
|
| 3188 | return createCXString(getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getName()
|
| 3189 | ->getNameStart());
|
| 3190 |
|
| 3191 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective)
|
| 3192 | return createCXString(getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getFileName());
|
| 3193 |
|
| 3194 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 3195 | return getDeclSpelling(getCursorDecl(C));
|
| 3196 |
|
| 3197 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_AnnotateAttr) {
|
| 3198 | AnnotateAttr *AA = cast<AnnotateAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
|
| 3199 | return createCXString(AA->getAnnotation());
|
| 3200 | }
|
| 3201 |
|
| 3202 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr) {
|
| 3203 | AsmLabelAttr *AA = cast<AsmLabelAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
|
| 3204 | return createCXString(AA->getLabel());
|
| 3205 | }
|
| 3206 |
|
| 3207 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3208 | }
|
| 3209 |
|
| 3210 | CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor C,
|
| 3211 | unsigned pieceIndex,
|
| 3212 | unsigned options) {
|
| 3213 | if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C))
|
| 3214 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3215 |
|
| 3216 | ASTContext &Ctx = getCursorContext(C);
|
| 3217 |
|
| 3218 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
|
| 3219 | Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
|
| 3220 | if (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S)) {
|
| 3221 | if (pieceIndex > 0)
|
| 3222 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3223 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Label->getIdentLoc());
|
| 3224 | }
|
| 3225 |
|
| 3226 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3227 | }
|
| 3228 |
|
| 3229 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr) {
|
| 3230 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *
|
| 3231 | ME = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
|
| 3232 | if (pieceIndex >= ME->getNumSelectorLocs())
|
| 3233 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3234 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, ME->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex));
|
| 3235 | }
|
| 3236 | }
|
| 3237 |
|
| 3238 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
|
| 3239 | C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
|
| 3240 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *
|
| 3241 | MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
|
| 3242 | if (pieceIndex >= MD->getNumSelectorLocs())
|
| 3243 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3244 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, MD->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex));
|
| 3245 | }
|
| 3246 | }
|
| 3247 |
|
| 3248 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl ||
|
| 3249 | C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl) {
|
| 3250 | if (pieceIndex > 0)
|
| 3251 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3252 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *
|
| 3253 | CD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
|
| 3254 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CD->getCategoryNameLoc());
|
| 3255 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *
|
| 3256 | CID = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
|
| 3257 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CID->getCategoryNameLoc());
|
| 3258 | }
|
| 3259 |
|
| 3260 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) {
|
| 3261 | if (pieceIndex > 0)
|
| 3262 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3263 | if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) {
|
| 3264 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs = ImportD->getIdentifierLocs();
|
| 3265 | if (!Locs.empty())
|
| 3266 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx,
|
| 3267 | SourceRange(Locs.front(), Locs.back()));
|
| 3268 | }
|
| 3269 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3270 | }
|
| 3271 |
|
| 3272 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_InclusionDirective should give the location of the
|
| 3273 | // filename, but we don't keep track of this.
|
| 3274 |
|
| 3275 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_AnnotateAttr should give the location of the annotation
|
| 3276 | // but we don't keep track of this.
|
| 3277 |
|
| 3278 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr should give the location of the label
|
| 3279 | // but we don't keep track of this.
|
| 3280 |
|
| 3281 | // Default handling, give the location of the cursor.
|
| 3282 |
|
| 3283 | if (pieceIndex > 0)
|
| 3284 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 3285 |
|
| 3286 | CXSourceLocation CXLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(C);
|
| 3287 | SourceLocation Loc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXLoc);
|
| 3288 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Loc);
|
| 3289 | }
|
| 3290 |
|
| 3291 | CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor C) {
|
| 3292 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 3293 | return clang_getCursorSpelling(C);
|
| 3294 |
|
| 3295 | Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 3296 | if (!D)
|
| 3297 | return createCXString("");
|
| 3298 |
|
| 3299 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy();
|
| 3300 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
|
| 3301 | D = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
|
| 3302 |
|
| 3303 | if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
|
| 3304 | SmallString<64> Str;
|
| 3305 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
|
| 3306 | OS << *Function;
|
| 3307 | if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
|
| 3308 | OS << "<>";
|
| 3309 | OS << "(";
|
| 3310 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Function->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
|
| 3311 | if (I)
|
| 3312 | OS << ", ";
|
| 3313 | OS << Function->getParamDecl(I)->getType().getAsString(Policy);
|
| 3314 | }
|
| 3315 |
|
| 3316 | if (Function->isVariadic()) {
|
| 3317 | if (Function->getNumParams())
|
| 3318 | OS << ", ";
|
| 3319 | OS << "...";
|
| 3320 | }
|
| 3321 | OS << ")";
|
| 3322 | return createCXString(OS.str());
|
| 3323 | }
|
| 3324 |
|
| 3325 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) {
|
| 3326 | SmallString<64> Str;
|
| 3327 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
|
| 3328 | OS << *ClassTemplate;
|
| 3329 | OS << "<";
|
| 3330 | TemplateParameterList *Params = ClassTemplate->getTemplateParameters();
|
| 3331 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Params->size(); I != N; ++I) {
|
| 3332 | if (I)
|
| 3333 | OS << ", ";
|
| 3334 |
|
| 3335 | NamedDecl *Param = Params->getParam(I);
|
| 3336 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
|
| 3337 | OS << Param->getIdentifier()->getName();
|
| 3338 | continue;
|
| 3339 | }
|
| 3340 |
|
| 3341 | // There is no parameter name, which makes this tricky. Try to come up
|
| 3342 | // with something useful that isn't too long.
|
| 3343 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param))
|
| 3344 | OS << (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename()? "typename" : "class");
|
| 3345 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
|
| 3346 | = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param))
|
| 3347 | OS << NTTP->getType().getAsString(Policy);
|
| 3348 | else
|
| 3349 | OS << "template<...> class";
|
| 3350 | }
|
| 3351 |
|
| 3352 | OS << ">";
|
| 3353 | return createCXString(OS.str());
|
| 3354 | }
|
| 3355 |
|
| 3356 | if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassSpec
|
| 3357 | = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
|
| 3358 | // If the type was explicitly written, use that.
|
| 3359 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ClassSpec->getTypeAsWritten())
|
| 3360 | return createCXString(TSInfo->getType().getAsString(Policy));
|
| 3361 |
|
| 3362 | SmallString<64> Str;
|
| 3363 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
|
| 3364 | OS << *ClassSpec;
|
| 3365 | OS << TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
|
| 3366 | ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().data(),
|
| 3367 | ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().size(),
|
| 3368 | Policy);
|
| 3369 | return createCXString(OS.str());
|
| 3370 | }
|
| 3371 |
|
| 3372 | return clang_getCursorSpelling(C);
|
| 3373 | }
|
| 3374 |
|
| 3375 | CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind) {
|
| 3376 | switch (Kind) {
|
| 3377 | case CXCursor_FunctionDecl:
|
| 3378 | return createCXString("FunctionDecl");
|
| 3379 | case CXCursor_TypedefDecl:
|
| 3380 | return createCXString("TypedefDecl");
|
| 3381 | case CXCursor_EnumDecl:
|
| 3382 | return createCXString("EnumDecl");
|
| 3383 | case CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl:
|
| 3384 | return createCXString("EnumConstantDecl");
|
| 3385 | case CXCursor_StructDecl:
|
| 3386 | return createCXString("StructDecl");
|
| 3387 | case CXCursor_UnionDecl:
|
| 3388 | return createCXString("UnionDecl");
|
| 3389 | case CXCursor_ClassDecl:
|
| 3390 | return createCXString("ClassDecl");
|
| 3391 | case CXCursor_FieldDecl:
|
| 3392 | return createCXString("FieldDecl");
|
| 3393 | case CXCursor_VarDecl:
|
| 3394 | return createCXString("VarDecl");
|
| 3395 | case CXCursor_ParmDecl:
|
| 3396 | return createCXString("ParmDecl");
|
| 3397 | case CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl:
|
| 3398 | return createCXString("ObjCInterfaceDecl");
|
| 3399 | case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl:
|
| 3400 | return createCXString("ObjCCategoryDecl");
|
| 3401 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl:
|
| 3402 | return createCXString("ObjCProtocolDecl");
|
| 3403 | case CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl:
|
| 3404 | return createCXString("ObjCPropertyDecl");
|
| 3405 | case CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl:
|
| 3406 | return createCXString("ObjCIvarDecl");
|
| 3407 | case CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl:
|
| 3408 | return createCXString("ObjCInstanceMethodDecl");
|
| 3409 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl:
|
| 3410 | return createCXString("ObjCClassMethodDecl");
|
| 3411 | case CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl:
|
| 3412 | return createCXString("ObjCImplementationDecl");
|
| 3413 | case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl:
|
| 3414 | return createCXString("ObjCCategoryImplDecl");
|
| 3415 | case CXCursor_CXXMethod:
|
| 3416 | return createCXString("CXXMethod");
|
| 3417 | case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl:
|
| 3418 | return createCXString("UnexposedDecl");
|
| 3419 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
|
| 3420 | return createCXString("ObjCSuperClassRef");
|
| 3421 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef:
|
| 3422 | return createCXString("ObjCProtocolRef");
|
| 3423 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef:
|
| 3424 | return createCXString("ObjCClassRef");
|
| 3425 | case CXCursor_TypeRef:
|
| 3426 | return createCXString("TypeRef");
|
| 3427 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
|
| 3428 | return createCXString("TemplateRef");
|
| 3429 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
|
| 3430 | return createCXString("NamespaceRef");
|
| 3431 | case CXCursor_MemberRef:
|
| 3432 | return createCXString("MemberRef");
|
| 3433 | case CXCursor_LabelRef:
|
| 3434 | return createCXString("LabelRef");
|
| 3435 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
|
| 3436 | return createCXString("OverloadedDeclRef");
|
| 3437 | case CXCursor_VariableRef:
|
| 3438 | return createCXString("VariableRef");
|
| 3439 | case CXCursor_IntegerLiteral:
|
| 3440 | return createCXString("IntegerLiteral");
|
| 3441 | case CXCursor_FloatingLiteral:
|
| 3442 | return createCXString("FloatingLiteral");
|
| 3443 | case CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral:
|
| 3444 | return createCXString("ImaginaryLiteral");
|
| 3445 | case CXCursor_StringLiteral:
|
| 3446 | return createCXString("StringLiteral");
|
| 3447 | case CXCursor_CharacterLiteral:
|
| 3448 | return createCXString("CharacterLiteral");
|
| 3449 | case CXCursor_ParenExpr:
|
| 3450 | return createCXString("ParenExpr");
|
| 3451 | case CXCursor_UnaryOperator:
|
| 3452 | return createCXString("UnaryOperator");
|
| 3453 | case CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr:
|
| 3454 | return createCXString("ArraySubscriptExpr");
|
| 3455 | case CXCursor_BinaryOperator:
|
| 3456 | return createCXString("BinaryOperator");
|
| 3457 | case CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator:
|
| 3458 | return createCXString("CompoundAssignOperator");
|
| 3459 | case CXCursor_ConditionalOperator:
|
| 3460 | return createCXString("ConditionalOperator");
|
| 3461 | case CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr:
|
| 3462 | return createCXString("CStyleCastExpr");
|
| 3463 | case CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr:
|
| 3464 | return createCXString("CompoundLiteralExpr");
|
| 3465 | case CXCursor_InitListExpr:
|
| 3466 | return createCXString("InitListExpr");
|
| 3467 | case CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr:
|
| 3468 | return createCXString("AddrLabelExpr");
|
| 3469 | case CXCursor_StmtExpr:
|
| 3470 | return createCXString("StmtExpr");
|
| 3471 | case CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr:
|
| 3472 | return createCXString("GenericSelectionExpr");
|
| 3473 | case CXCursor_GNUNullExpr:
|
| 3474 | return createCXString("GNUNullExpr");
|
| 3475 | case CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr:
|
| 3476 | return createCXString("CXXStaticCastExpr");
|
| 3477 | case CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr:
|
| 3478 | return createCXString("CXXDynamicCastExpr");
|
| 3479 | case CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr:
|
| 3480 | return createCXString("CXXReinterpretCastExpr");
|
| 3481 | case CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr:
|
| 3482 | return createCXString("CXXConstCastExpr");
|
| 3483 | case CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr:
|
| 3484 | return createCXString("CXXFunctionalCastExpr");
|
| 3485 | case CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr:
|
| 3486 | return createCXString("CXXTypeidExpr");
|
| 3487 | case CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr:
|
| 3488 | return createCXString("CXXBoolLiteralExpr");
|
| 3489 | case CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr:
|
| 3490 | return createCXString("CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr");
|
| 3491 | case CXCursor_CXXThisExpr:
|
| 3492 | return createCXString("CXXThisExpr");
|
| 3493 | case CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr:
|
| 3494 | return createCXString("CXXThrowExpr");
|
| 3495 | case CXCursor_CXXNewExpr:
|
| 3496 | return createCXString("CXXNewExpr");
|
| 3497 | case CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr:
|
| 3498 | return createCXString("CXXDeleteExpr");
|
| 3499 | case CXCursor_UnaryExpr:
|
| 3500 | return createCXString("UnaryExpr");
|
| 3501 | case CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral:
|
| 3502 | return createCXString("ObjCStringLiteral");
|
| 3503 | case CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr:
|
| 3504 | return createCXString("ObjCBoolLiteralExpr");
|
| 3505 | case CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr:
|
| 3506 | return createCXString("ObjCEncodeExpr");
|
| 3507 | case CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr:
|
| 3508 | return createCXString("ObjCSelectorExpr");
|
| 3509 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr:
|
| 3510 | return createCXString("ObjCProtocolExpr");
|
| 3511 | case CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr:
|
| 3512 | return createCXString("ObjCBridgedCastExpr");
|
| 3513 | case CXCursor_BlockExpr:
|
| 3514 | return createCXString("BlockExpr");
|
| 3515 | case CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr:
|
| 3516 | return createCXString("PackExpansionExpr");
|
| 3517 | case CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr:
|
| 3518 | return createCXString("SizeOfPackExpr");
|
| 3519 | case CXCursor_LambdaExpr:
|
| 3520 | return createCXString("LambdaExpr");
|
| 3521 | case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr:
|
| 3522 | return createCXString("UnexposedExpr");
|
| 3523 | case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr:
|
| 3524 | return createCXString("DeclRefExpr");
|
| 3525 | case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr:
|
| 3526 | return createCXString("MemberRefExpr");
|
| 3527 | case CXCursor_CallExpr:
|
| 3528 | return createCXString("CallExpr");
|
| 3529 | case CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr:
|
| 3530 | return createCXString("ObjCMessageExpr");
|
| 3531 | case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt:
|
| 3532 | return createCXString("UnexposedStmt");
|
| 3533 | case CXCursor_DeclStmt:
|
| 3534 | return createCXString("DeclStmt");
|
| 3535 | case CXCursor_LabelStmt:
|
| 3536 | return createCXString("LabelStmt");
|
| 3537 | case CXCursor_CompoundStmt:
|
| 3538 | return createCXString("CompoundStmt");
|
| 3539 | case CXCursor_CaseStmt:
|
| 3540 | return createCXString("CaseStmt");
|
| 3541 | case CXCursor_DefaultStmt:
|
| 3542 | return createCXString("DefaultStmt");
|
| 3543 | case CXCursor_IfStmt:
|
| 3544 | return createCXString("IfStmt");
|
| 3545 | case CXCursor_SwitchStmt:
|
| 3546 | return createCXString("SwitchStmt");
|
| 3547 | case CXCursor_WhileStmt:
|
| 3548 | return createCXString("WhileStmt");
|
| 3549 | case CXCursor_DoStmt:
|
| 3550 | return createCXString("DoStmt");
|
| 3551 | case CXCursor_ForStmt:
|
| 3552 | return createCXString("ForStmt");
|
| 3553 | case CXCursor_GotoStmt:
|
| 3554 | return createCXString("GotoStmt");
|
| 3555 | case CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt:
|
| 3556 | return createCXString("IndirectGotoStmt");
|
| 3557 | case CXCursor_ContinueStmt:
|
| 3558 | return createCXString("ContinueStmt");
|
| 3559 | case CXCursor_BreakStmt:
|
| 3560 | return createCXString("BreakStmt");
|
| 3561 | case CXCursor_ReturnStmt:
|
| 3562 | return createCXString("ReturnStmt");
|
| 3563 | case CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt:
|
| 3564 | return createCXString("GCCAsmStmt");
|
| 3565 | case CXCursor_MSAsmStmt:
|
| 3566 | return createCXString("MSAsmStmt");
|
| 3567 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt:
|
| 3568 | return createCXString("ObjCAtTryStmt");
|
| 3569 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt:
|
| 3570 | return createCXString("ObjCAtCatchStmt");
|
| 3571 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt:
|
| 3572 | return createCXString("ObjCAtFinallyStmt");
|
| 3573 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt:
|
| 3574 | return createCXString("ObjCAtThrowStmt");
|
| 3575 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt:
|
| 3576 | return createCXString("ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt");
|
| 3577 | case CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt:
|
| 3578 | return createCXString("ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt");
|
| 3579 | case CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt:
|
| 3580 | return createCXString("ObjCForCollectionStmt");
|
| 3581 | case CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt:
|
| 3582 | return createCXString("CXXCatchStmt");
|
| 3583 | case CXCursor_CXXTryStmt:
|
| 3584 | return createCXString("CXXTryStmt");
|
| 3585 | case CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt:
|
| 3586 | return createCXString("CXXForRangeStmt");
|
| 3587 | case CXCursor_SEHTryStmt:
|
| 3588 | return createCXString("SEHTryStmt");
|
| 3589 | case CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt:
|
| 3590 | return createCXString("SEHExceptStmt");
|
| 3591 | case CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt:
|
| 3592 | return createCXString("SEHFinallyStmt");
|
| 3593 | case CXCursor_NullStmt:
|
| 3594 | return createCXString("NullStmt");
|
| 3595 | case CXCursor_InvalidFile:
|
| 3596 | return createCXString("InvalidFile");
|
| 3597 | case CXCursor_InvalidCode:
|
| 3598 | return createCXString("InvalidCode");
|
| 3599 | case CXCursor_NoDeclFound:
|
| 3600 | return createCXString("NoDeclFound");
|
| 3601 | case CXCursor_NotImplemented:
|
| 3602 | return createCXString("NotImplemented");
|
| 3603 | case CXCursor_TranslationUnit:
|
| 3604 | return createCXString("TranslationUnit");
|
| 3605 | case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr:
|
| 3606 | return createCXString("UnexposedAttr");
|
| 3607 | case CXCursor_IBActionAttr:
|
| 3608 | return createCXString("attribute(ibaction)");
|
| 3609 | case CXCursor_IBOutletAttr:
|
| 3610 | return createCXString("attribute(iboutlet)");
|
| 3611 | case CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr:
|
| 3612 | return createCXString("attribute(iboutletcollection)");
|
| 3613 | case CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr:
|
| 3614 | return createCXString("attribute(final)");
|
| 3615 | case CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr:
|
| 3616 | return createCXString("attribute(override)");
|
| 3617 | case CXCursor_AnnotateAttr:
|
| 3618 | return createCXString("attribute(annotate)");
|
| 3619 | case CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr:
|
| 3620 | return createCXString("asm label");
|
| 3621 | case CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective:
|
| 3622 | return createCXString("preprocessing directive");
|
| 3623 | case CXCursor_MacroDefinition:
|
| 3624 | return createCXString("macro definition");
|
| 3625 | case CXCursor_MacroExpansion:
|
| 3626 | return createCXString("macro expansion");
|
| 3627 | case CXCursor_InclusionDirective:
|
| 3628 | return createCXString("inclusion directive");
|
| 3629 | case CXCursor_Namespace:
|
| 3630 | return createCXString("Namespace");
|
| 3631 | case CXCursor_LinkageSpec:
|
| 3632 | return createCXString("LinkageSpec");
|
| 3633 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier:
|
| 3634 | return createCXString("C++ base class specifier");
|
| 3635 | case CXCursor_Constructor:
|
| 3636 | return createCXString("CXXConstructor");
|
| 3637 | case CXCursor_Destructor:
|
| 3638 | return createCXString("CXXDestructor");
|
| 3639 | case CXCursor_ConversionFunction:
|
| 3640 | return createCXString("CXXConversion");
|
| 3641 | case CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter:
|
| 3642 | return createCXString("TemplateTypeParameter");
|
| 3643 | case CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter:
|
| 3644 | return createCXString("NonTypeTemplateParameter");
|
| 3645 | case CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter:
|
| 3646 | return createCXString("TemplateTemplateParameter");
|
| 3647 | case CXCursor_FunctionTemplate:
|
| 3648 | return createCXString("FunctionTemplate");
|
| 3649 | case CXCursor_ClassTemplate:
|
| 3650 | return createCXString("ClassTemplate");
|
| 3651 | case CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
|
| 3652 | return createCXString("ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization");
|
| 3653 | case CXCursor_NamespaceAlias:
|
| 3654 | return createCXString("NamespaceAlias");
|
| 3655 | case CXCursor_UsingDirective:
|
| 3656 | return createCXString("UsingDirective");
|
| 3657 | case CXCursor_UsingDeclaration:
|
| 3658 | return createCXString("UsingDeclaration");
|
| 3659 | case CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl:
|
| 3660 | return createCXString("TypeAliasDecl");
|
| 3661 | case CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl:
|
| 3662 | return createCXString("ObjCSynthesizeDecl");
|
| 3663 | case CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl:
|
| 3664 | return createCXString("ObjCDynamicDecl");
|
| 3665 | case CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier:
|
| 3666 | return createCXString("CXXAccessSpecifier");
|
| 3667 | case CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl:
|
| 3668 | return createCXString("ModuleImport");
|
| 3669 | }
|
| 3670 |
|
| 3671 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled CXCursorKind");
|
| 3672 | }
|
| 3673 |
|
| 3674 | struct GetCursorData {
|
| 3675 | SourceLocation TokenBeginLoc;
|
| 3676 | bool PointsAtMacroArgExpansion;
|
| 3677 | bool VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl;
|
| 3678 | SourceLocation VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc;
|
| 3679 | CXCursor &BestCursor;
|
| 3680 |
|
| 3681 | GetCursorData(SourceManager &SM,
|
| 3682 | SourceLocation tokenBegin, CXCursor &outputCursor)
|
| 3683 | : TokenBeginLoc(tokenBegin), BestCursor(outputCursor) {
|
| 3684 | PointsAtMacroArgExpansion = SM.isMacroArgExpansion(tokenBegin);
|
| 3685 | VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = false;
|
| 3686 | }
|
| 3687 | };
|
| 3688 |
|
| 3689 | static enum CXChildVisitResult GetCursorVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
|
| 3690 | CXCursor parent,
|
| 3691 | CXClientData client_data) {
|
| 3692 | GetCursorData *Data = static_cast<GetCursorData *>(client_data);
|
| 3693 | CXCursor *BestCursor = &Data->BestCursor;
|
| 3694 |
|
| 3695 | // If we point inside a macro argument we should provide info of what the
|
| 3696 | // token is so use the actual cursor, don't replace it with a macro expansion
|
| 3697 | // cursor.
|
| 3698 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion && Data->PointsAtMacroArgExpansion)
|
| 3699 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
|
| 3700 |
|
| 3701 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
|
| 3702 | // Avoid having the implicit methods override the property decls.
|
| 3703 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD
|
| 3704 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
|
| 3705 | if (MD->isImplicit())
|
| 3706 | return CXChildVisit_Break;
|
| 3707 |
|
| 3708 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID
|
| 3709 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
|
| 3710 | // Check that when we have multiple @class references in the same line,
|
| 3711 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
|
| 3712 | // If we have:
|
| 3713 | // @class Foo, Bar;
|
| 3714 | // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
|
| 3715 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
|
| 3716 | if (BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl ||
|
| 3717 | BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassRef)
|
| 3718 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevID
|
| 3719 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(*BestCursor))){
|
| 3720 | if (PrevID != ID &&
|
| 3721 | !PrevID->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
|
| 3722 | !ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
|
| 3723 | return CXChildVisit_Break;
|
| 3724 | }
|
| 3725 |
|
| 3726 | } else if (DeclaratorDecl *DD
|
| 3727 | = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
|
| 3728 | SourceLocation StartLoc = DD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
|
| 3729 | // Check that when we have multiple declarators in the same line,
|
| 3730 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
|
| 3731 | // If we have:
|
| 3732 | // int Foo, Bar;
|
| 3733 | // source ranges for both start at 'int', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
|
| 3734 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
|
| 3735 | if (Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc == StartLoc)
|
| 3736 | return CXChildVisit_Break;
|
| 3737 | Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc = StartLoc;
|
| 3738 |
|
| 3739 | } else if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImp
|
| 3740 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
|
| 3741 | (void)PropImp;
|
| 3742 | // Check that when we have multiple @synthesize in the same line,
|
| 3743 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones.
|
| 3744 | // If we have:
|
| 3745 | // @synthesize Foo, Bar;
|
| 3746 | // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding
|
| 3747 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'.
|
| 3748 | if (Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl)
|
| 3749 | return CXChildVisit_Break;
|
| 3750 | Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = true;
|
| 3751 | }
|
| 3752 | }
|
| 3753 |
|
| 3754 | if (clang_isExpression(cursor.kind) &&
|
| 3755 | clang_isDeclaration(BestCursor->kind)) {
|
| 3756 | if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(*BestCursor)) {
|
| 3757 | // Avoid having the cursor of an expression replace the declaration cursor
|
| 3758 | // when the expression source range overlaps the declaration range.
|
| 3759 | // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally
|
| 3760 | // include the variable declaration, e.g.:
|
| 3761 | // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure pointing at 'foo' returns a VarDecl cursor.
|
| 3762 | if (D->getLocation().isValid() && Data->TokenBeginLoc.isValid() &&
|
| 3763 | D->getLocation() == Data->TokenBeginLoc)
|
| 3764 | return CXChildVisit_Break;
|
| 3765 | }
|
| 3766 | }
|
| 3767 |
|
| 3768 | // If our current best cursor is the construction of a temporary object,
|
| 3769 | // don't replace that cursor with a type reference, because we want
|
| 3770 | // clang_getCursor() to point at the constructor.
|
| 3771 | if (clang_isExpression(BestCursor->kind) &&
|
| 3772 | isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(getCursorExpr(*BestCursor)) &&
|
| 3773 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_TypeRef) {
|
| 3774 | // Keep the cursor pointing at CXXTemporaryObjectExpr but also mark it
|
| 3775 | // as having the actual point on the type reference.
|
| 3776 | *BestCursor = getTypeRefedCallExprCursor(*BestCursor);
|
| 3777 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
|
| 3778 | }
|
| 3779 |
|
| 3780 | *BestCursor = cursor;
|
| 3781 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
|
| 3782 | }
|
| 3783 |
|
| 3784 | CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Loc) {
|
| 3785 | if (!TU)
|
| 3786 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 3787 |
|
| 3788 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 3789 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
|
| 3790 |
|
| 3791 | SourceLocation SLoc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(Loc);
|
| 3792 | CXCursor Result = cxcursor::getCursor(TU, SLoc);
|
| 3793 |
|
| 3794 | bool Logging = getenv("LIBCLANG_LOGGING");
|
| 3795 | if (Logging) {
|
| 3796 | CXFile SearchFile;
|
| 3797 | unsigned SearchLine, SearchColumn;
|
| 3798 | CXFile ResultFile;
|
| 3799 | unsigned ResultLine, ResultColumn;
|
| 3800 | CXString SearchFileName, ResultFileName, KindSpelling, USR;
|
| 3801 | const char *IsDef = clang_isCursorDefinition(Result)? " (Definition)" : "";
|
| 3802 | CXSourceLocation ResultLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Result);
|
| 3803 |
|
| 3804 | clang_getExpansionLocation(Loc, &SearchFile, &SearchLine, &SearchColumn, 0);
|
| 3805 | clang_getExpansionLocation(ResultLoc, &ResultFile, &ResultLine,
|
| 3806 | &ResultColumn, 0);
|
| 3807 | SearchFileName = clang_getFileName(SearchFile);
|
| 3808 | ResultFileName = clang_getFileName(ResultFile);
|
| 3809 | KindSpelling = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Result.kind);
|
| 3810 | USR = clang_getCursorUSR(Result);
|
| 3811 | fprintf(stderr, "clang_getCursor(%s:%d:%d) = %s(%s:%d:%d):%s%s\n",
|
| 3812 | clang_getCString(SearchFileName), SearchLine, SearchColumn,
|
| 3813 | clang_getCString(KindSpelling),
|
| 3814 | clang_getCString(ResultFileName), ResultLine, ResultColumn,
|
| 3815 | clang_getCString(USR), IsDef);
|
| 3816 | clang_disposeString(SearchFileName);
|
| 3817 | clang_disposeString(ResultFileName);
|
| 3818 | clang_disposeString(KindSpelling);
|
| 3819 | clang_disposeString(USR);
|
| 3820 |
|
| 3821 | CXCursor Definition = clang_getCursorDefinition(Result);
|
| 3822 | if (!clang_equalCursors(Definition, clang_getNullCursor())) {
|
| 3823 | CXSourceLocation DefinitionLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Definition);
|
| 3824 | CXString DefinitionKindSpelling
|
| 3825 | = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Definition.kind);
|
| 3826 | CXFile DefinitionFile;
|
| 3827 | unsigned DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn;
|
| 3828 | clang_getExpansionLocation(DefinitionLoc, &DefinitionFile,
|
| 3829 | &DefinitionLine, &DefinitionColumn, 0);
|
| 3830 | CXString DefinitionFileName = clang_getFileName(DefinitionFile);
|
| 3831 | fprintf(stderr, " -> %s(%s:%d:%d)\n",
|
| 3832 | clang_getCString(DefinitionKindSpelling),
|
| 3833 | clang_getCString(DefinitionFileName),
|
| 3834 | DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn);
|
| 3835 | clang_disposeString(DefinitionFileName);
|
| 3836 | clang_disposeString(DefinitionKindSpelling);
|
| 3837 | }
|
| 3838 | }
|
| 3839 |
|
| 3840 | return Result;
|
| 3841 | }
|
| 3842 |
|
| 3843 | CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void) {
|
| 3844 | return MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_InvalidFile);
|
| 3845 | }
|
| 3846 |
|
| 3847 | unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor X, CXCursor Y) {
|
| 3848 | return X == Y;
|
| 3849 | }
|
| 3850 |
|
| 3851 | unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor C) {
|
| 3852 | unsigned Index = 0;
|
| 3853 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind) || clang_isStatement(C.kind))
|
| 3854 | Index = 1;
|
| 3855 |
|
| 3856 | return llvm::DenseMapInfo<std::pair<unsigned, void*> >::getHashValue(
|
| 3857 | std::make_pair(C.kind, C.data[Index]));
|
| 3858 | }
|
| 3859 |
|
| 3860 | unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3861 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstInvalid && K <= CXCursor_LastInvalid;
|
| 3862 | }
|
| 3863 |
|
| 3864 | unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3865 | return (K >= CXCursor_FirstDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastDecl) ||
|
| 3866 | (K >= CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastExtraDecl);
|
| 3867 | }
|
| 3868 |
|
| 3869 | unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3870 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstRef && K <= CXCursor_LastRef;
|
| 3871 | }
|
| 3872 |
|
| 3873 | unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3874 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstExpr && K <= CXCursor_LastExpr;
|
| 3875 | }
|
| 3876 |
|
| 3877 | unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3878 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstStmt && K <= CXCursor_LastStmt;
|
| 3879 | }
|
| 3880 |
|
| 3881 | unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3882 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstAttr && K <= CXCursor_LastAttr;
|
| 3883 | }
|
| 3884 |
|
| 3885 | unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3886 | return K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit;
|
| 3887 | }
|
| 3888 |
|
| 3889 | unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3890 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing && K <= CXCursor_LastPreprocessing;
|
| 3891 | }
|
| 3892 |
|
| 3893 | unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind K) {
|
| 3894 | switch (K) {
|
| 3895 | case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl:
|
| 3896 | case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr:
|
| 3897 | case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt:
|
| 3898 | case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr:
|
| 3899 | return true;
|
| 3900 | default:
|
| 3901 | return false;
|
| 3902 | }
|
| 3903 | }
|
| 3904 |
|
| 3905 | CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor C) {
|
| 3906 | return C.kind;
|
| 3907 | }
|
| 3908 |
|
| 3909 | CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor C) {
|
| 3910 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
|
| 3911 | switch (C.kind) {
|
| 3912 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: {
|
| 3913 | std::pair<ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P
|
| 3914 | = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C);
|
| 3915 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
|
| 3916 | }
|
| 3917 |
|
| 3918 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
|
| 3919 | std::pair<ObjCProtocolDecl *, SourceLocation> P
|
| 3920 | = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C);
|
| 3921 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
|
| 3922 | }
|
| 3923 |
|
| 3924 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
|
| 3925 | std::pair<ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P
|
| 3926 | = getCursorObjCClassRef(C);
|
| 3927 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
|
| 3928 | }
|
| 3929 |
|
| 3930 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: {
|
| 3931 | std::pair<TypeDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTypeRef(C);
|
| 3932 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
|
| 3933 | }
|
| 3934 |
|
| 3935 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: {
|
| 3936 | std::pair<TemplateDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTemplateRef(C);
|
| 3937 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
|
| 3938 | }
|
| 3939 |
|
| 3940 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: {
|
| 3941 | std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorNamespaceRef(C);
|
| 3942 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
|
| 3943 | }
|
| 3944 |
|
| 3945 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: {
|
| 3946 | std::pair<FieldDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorMemberRef(C);
|
| 3947 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
|
| 3948 | }
|
| 3949 |
|
| 3950 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: {
|
| 3951 | std::pair<VarDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorVariableRef(C);
|
| 3952 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second);
|
| 3953 | }
|
| 3954 |
|
| 3955 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
|
| 3956 | CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
|
| 3957 | if (!BaseSpec)
|
| 3958 | return clang_getNullLocation();
|
| 3959 |
|
| 3960 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = BaseSpec->getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 3961 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
|
| 3962 | TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc());
|
| 3963 |
|
| 3964 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
|
| 3965 | BaseSpec->getLocStart());
|
| 3966 | }
|
| 3967 |
|
| 3968 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: {
|
| 3969 | std::pair<LabelStmt *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorLabelRef(C);
|
| 3970 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), P.second);
|
| 3971 | }
|
| 3972 |
|
| 3973 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
|
| 3974 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
|
| 3975 | getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second);
|
| 3976 |
|
| 3977 | default:
|
| 3978 | // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases.
|
| 3979 | llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind");
|
| 3980 | }
|
| 3981 | }
|
| 3982 |
|
| 3983 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind))
|
| 3984 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
|
| 3985 | getLocationFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C)));
|
| 3986 |
|
| 3987 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind))
|
| 3988 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C),
|
| 3989 | getCursorStmt(C)->getLocStart());
|
| 3990 |
|
| 3991 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective) {
|
| 3992 | SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C).getBegin();
|
| 3993 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
|
| 3994 | }
|
| 3995 |
|
| 3996 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
|
| 3997 | SourceLocation L
|
| 3998 | = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin();
|
| 3999 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
|
| 4000 | }
|
| 4001 |
|
| 4002 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
|
| 4003 | SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getLocation();
|
| 4004 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
|
| 4005 | }
|
| 4006 |
|
| 4007 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) {
|
| 4008 | SourceLocation L
|
| 4009 | = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin();
|
| 4010 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L);
|
| 4011 | }
|
| 4012 |
|
| 4013 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 4014 | return clang_getNullLocation();
|
| 4015 |
|
| 4016 | Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 4017 | if (!D)
|
| 4018 | return clang_getNullLocation();
|
| 4019 |
|
| 4020 | SourceLocation Loc = D->getLocation();
|
| 4021 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
|
| 4022 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
|
| 4023 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
|
| 4024 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
|
| 4025 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
|
| 4026 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
|
| 4027 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
|
| 4028 | Loc = VD->getLocation();
|
| 4029 | }
|
| 4030 |
|
| 4031 | // For ObjC methods, give the start location of the method name.
|
| 4032 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
|
| 4033 | Loc = MD->getSelectorStartLoc();
|
| 4034 |
|
| 4035 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), Loc);
|
| 4036 | }
|
| 4037 |
|
| 4038 | } // end extern "C"
|
| 4039 |
|
| 4040 | CXCursor cxcursor::getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, SourceLocation SLoc) {
|
| 4041 | assert(TU);
|
| 4042 |
|
| 4043 | // Guard against an invalid SourceLocation, or we may assert in one
|
| 4044 | // of the following calls.
|
| 4045 | if (SLoc.isInvalid())
|
| 4046 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4047 |
|
| 4048 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 4049 |
|
| 4050 | // Translate the given source location to make it point at the beginning of
|
| 4051 | // the token under the cursor.
|
| 4052 | SLoc = Lexer::GetBeginningOfToken(SLoc, CXXUnit->getSourceManager(),
|
| 4053 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts());
|
| 4054 |
|
| 4055 | CXCursor Result = MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_NoDeclFound);
|
| 4056 | if (SLoc.isValid()) {
|
| 4057 | GetCursorData ResultData(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), SLoc, Result);
|
| 4058 | CursorVisitor CursorVis(TU, GetCursorVisitor, &ResultData,
|
| 4059 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
|
| 4060 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
|
| 4061 | SourceLocation(SLoc));
|
| 4062 | CursorVis.visitFileRegion();
|
| 4063 | }
|
| 4064 |
|
| 4065 | return Result;
|
| 4066 | }
|
| 4067 |
|
| 4068 | static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C) {
|
| 4069 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) {
|
| 4070 | switch (C.kind) {
|
| 4071 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
|
| 4072 | return getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).second;
|
| 4073 |
|
| 4074 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef:
|
| 4075 | return getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).second;
|
| 4076 |
|
| 4077 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef:
|
| 4078 | return getCursorObjCClassRef(C).second;
|
| 4079 |
|
| 4080 | case CXCursor_TypeRef:
|
| 4081 | return getCursorTypeRef(C).second;
|
| 4082 |
|
| 4083 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
|
| 4084 | return getCursorTemplateRef(C).second;
|
| 4085 |
|
| 4086 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
|
| 4087 | return getCursorNamespaceRef(C).second;
|
| 4088 |
|
| 4089 | case CXCursor_MemberRef:
|
| 4090 | return getCursorMemberRef(C).second;
|
| 4091 |
|
| 4092 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier:
|
| 4093 | return getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C)->getSourceRange();
|
| 4094 |
|
| 4095 | case CXCursor_LabelRef:
|
| 4096 | return getCursorLabelRef(C).second;
|
| 4097 |
|
| 4098 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
|
| 4099 | return getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second;
|
| 4100 |
|
| 4101 | case CXCursor_VariableRef:
|
| 4102 | return getCursorVariableRef(C).second;
|
| 4103 |
|
| 4104 | default:
|
| 4105 | // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases.
|
| 4106 | llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind");
|
| 4107 | }
|
| 4108 | }
|
| 4109 |
|
| 4110 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind))
|
| 4111 | return getCursorExpr(C)->getSourceRange();
|
| 4112 |
|
| 4113 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind))
|
| 4114 | return getCursorStmt(C)->getSourceRange();
|
| 4115 |
|
| 4116 | if (clang_isAttribute(C.kind))
|
| 4117 | return getCursorAttr(C)->getRange();
|
| 4118 |
|
| 4119 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective)
|
| 4120 | return cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C);
|
| 4121 |
|
| 4122 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
|
| 4123 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
|
| 4124 | SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getSourceRange();
|
| 4125 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
|
| 4126 | }
|
| 4127 |
|
| 4128 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) {
|
| 4129 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
|
| 4130 | SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getSourceRange();
|
| 4131 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
|
| 4132 | }
|
| 4133 |
|
| 4134 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) {
|
| 4135 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
|
| 4136 | SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange();
|
| 4137 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range);
|
| 4138 | }
|
| 4139 |
|
| 4140 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_TranslationUnit) {
|
| 4141 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C);
|
| 4142 | FileID MainID = TU->getSourceManager().getMainFileID();
|
| 4143 | SourceLocation Start = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForStartOfFile(MainID);
|
| 4144 | SourceLocation End = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(MainID);
|
| 4145 | return SourceRange(Start, End);
|
| 4146 | }
|
| 4147 |
|
| 4148 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
|
| 4149 | Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 4150 | if (!D)
|
| 4151 | return SourceRange();
|
| 4152 |
|
| 4153 | SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange();
|
| 4154 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
|
| 4155 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
|
| 4156 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
|
| 4157 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
|
| 4158 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
|
| 4159 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
|
| 4160 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
|
| 4161 | R.setBegin(VD->getLocation());
|
| 4162 | }
|
| 4163 | return R;
|
| 4164 | }
|
| 4165 | return SourceRange();
|
| 4166 | }
|
| 4167 |
|
| 4168 | /// \brief Retrieves the "raw" cursor extent, which is then extended to include
|
| 4169 | /// the decl-specifier-seq for declarations.
|
| 4170 | static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr) {
|
| 4171 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
|
| 4172 | Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 4173 | if (!D)
|
| 4174 | return SourceRange();
|
| 4175 |
|
| 4176 | SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange();
|
| 4177 |
|
| 4178 | // Adjust the start of the location for declarations preceded by
|
| 4179 | // declaration specifiers.
|
| 4180 | SourceLocation StartLoc;
|
| 4181 | if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
|
| 4182 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 4183 | StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
|
| 4184 | } else if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
|
| 4185 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 4186 | StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
|
| 4187 | }
|
| 4188 |
|
| 4189 | if (StartLoc.isValid() && R.getBegin().isValid() &&
|
| 4190 | SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, R.getBegin()))
|
| 4191 | R.setBegin(StartLoc);
|
| 4192 |
|
| 4193 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration
|
| 4194 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their
|
| 4195 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context
|
| 4196 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup,
|
| 4197 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl.
|
| 4198 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
|
| 4199 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C))
|
| 4200 | R.setBegin(VD->getLocation());
|
| 4201 | }
|
| 4202 |
|
| 4203 | return R;
|
| 4204 | }
|
| 4205 |
|
| 4206 | return getRawCursorExtent(C);
|
| 4207 | }
|
| 4208 |
|
| 4209 | extern "C" {
|
| 4210 |
|
| 4211 | CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor C) {
|
| 4212 | SourceRange R = getRawCursorExtent(C);
|
| 4213 | if (R.isInvalid())
|
| 4214 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 4215 |
|
| 4216 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R);
|
| 4217 | }
|
| 4218 |
|
| 4219 | CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor C) {
|
| 4220 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind))
|
| 4221 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4222 |
|
| 4223 | CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(C);
|
| 4224 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) {
|
| 4225 | Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 4226 | if (!D)
|
| 4227 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4228 | if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D))
|
| 4229 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Using, D->getLocation(), tu);
|
| 4230 | if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl =dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
|
| 4231 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl())
|
| 4232 | return MakeCXCursor(Property, tu);
|
| 4233 |
|
| 4234 | return C;
|
| 4235 | }
|
| 4236 |
|
| 4237 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
|
| 4238 | Expr *E = getCursorExpr(C);
|
| 4239 | Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
|
| 4240 | if (D) {
|
| 4241 | CXCursor declCursor = MakeCXCursor(D, tu);
|
| 4242 | declCursor = getSelectorIdentifierCursor(getSelectorIdentifierIndex(C),
|
| 4243 | declCursor);
|
| 4244 | return declCursor;
|
| 4245 | }
|
| 4246 |
|
| 4247 | if (OverloadExpr *Ovl = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
|
| 4248 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Ovl, tu);
|
| 4249 |
|
| 4250 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4251 | }
|
| 4252 |
|
| 4253 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) {
|
| 4254 | Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C);
|
| 4255 | if (GotoStmt *Goto = dyn_cast_or_null<GotoStmt>(S))
|
| 4256 | if (LabelDecl *label = Goto->getLabel())
|
| 4257 | if (LabelStmt *labelS = label->getStmt())
|
| 4258 | return MakeCXCursor(labelS, getCursorDecl(C), tu);
|
| 4259 |
|
| 4260 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4261 | }
|
| 4262 |
|
| 4263 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) {
|
| 4264 | if (MacroDefinition *Def = getCursorMacroExpansion(C)->getDefinition())
|
| 4265 | return MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(Def, tu);
|
| 4266 | }
|
| 4267 |
|
| 4268 | if (!clang_isReference(C.kind))
|
| 4269 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4270 |
|
| 4271 | switch (C.kind) {
|
| 4272 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef:
|
| 4273 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first, tu);
|
| 4274 |
|
| 4275 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: {
|
| 4276 | ObjCProtocolDecl *Prot = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first;
|
| 4277 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = Prot->getDefinition())
|
| 4278 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu);
|
| 4279 |
|
| 4280 | return MakeCXCursor(Prot, tu);
|
| 4281 | }
|
| 4282 |
|
| 4283 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: {
|
| 4284 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first;
|
| 4285 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition())
|
| 4286 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu);
|
| 4287 |
|
| 4288 | return MakeCXCursor(Class, tu);
|
| 4289 | }
|
| 4290 |
|
| 4291 | case CXCursor_TypeRef:
|
| 4292 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTypeRef(C).first, tu );
|
| 4293 |
|
| 4294 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef:
|
| 4295 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTemplateRef(C).first, tu );
|
| 4296 |
|
| 4297 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef:
|
| 4298 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first, tu );
|
| 4299 |
|
| 4300 | case CXCursor_MemberRef:
|
| 4301 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorMemberRef(C).first, tu );
|
| 4302 |
|
| 4303 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: {
|
| 4304 | CXXBaseSpecifier *B = cxcursor::getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C);
|
| 4305 | return clang_getTypeDeclaration(cxtype::MakeCXType(B->getType(),
|
| 4306 | tu ));
|
| 4307 | }
|
| 4308 |
|
| 4309 | case CXCursor_LabelRef:
|
| 4310 | // FIXME: We end up faking the "parent" declaration here because we
|
| 4311 | // don't want to make CXCursor larger.
|
| 4312 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorLabelRef(C).first,
|
| 4313 | static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData)->getASTContext()
|
| 4314 | .getTranslationUnitDecl(),
|
| 4315 | tu);
|
| 4316 |
|
| 4317 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef:
|
| 4318 | return C;
|
| 4319 |
|
| 4320 | case CXCursor_VariableRef:
|
| 4321 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorVariableRef(C).first, tu);
|
| 4322 |
|
| 4323 | default:
|
| 4324 | // We would prefer to enumerate all non-reference cursor kinds here.
|
| 4325 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled reference cursor kind");
|
| 4326 | }
|
| 4327 | }
|
| 4328 |
|
| 4329 | CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) {
|
| 4330 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind))
|
| 4331 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4332 |
|
| 4333 | CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(C);
|
| 4334 |
|
| 4335 | bool WasReference = false;
|
| 4336 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind) || clang_isExpression(C.kind)) {
|
| 4337 | C = clang_getCursorReferenced(C);
|
| 4338 | WasReference = true;
|
| 4339 | }
|
| 4340 |
|
| 4341 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
|
| 4342 | return clang_getCursorReferenced(C);
|
| 4343 |
|
| 4344 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 4345 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4346 |
|
| 4347 | Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 4348 | if (!D)
|
| 4349 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4350 |
|
| 4351 | switch (D->getKind()) {
|
| 4352 | // Declaration kinds that don't really separate the notions of
|
| 4353 | // declaration and definition.
|
| 4354 | case Decl::Namespace:
|
| 4355 | case Decl::Typedef:
|
| 4356 | case Decl::TypeAlias:
|
| 4357 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
|
| 4358 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
|
| 4359 | case Decl::EnumConstant:
|
| 4360 | case Decl::Field:
|
| 4361 | case Decl::IndirectField:
|
| 4362 | case Decl::ObjCIvar:
|
| 4363 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
|
| 4364 | case Decl::ImplicitParam:
|
| 4365 | case Decl::ParmVar:
|
| 4366 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
|
| 4367 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
|
| 4368 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
|
| 4369 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
|
| 4370 | case Decl::AccessSpec:
|
| 4371 | case Decl::LinkageSpec:
|
| 4372 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
|
| 4373 | case Decl::FileScopeAsm:
|
| 4374 | case Decl::StaticAssert:
|
| 4375 | case Decl::Block:
|
| 4376 | case Decl::Label: // FIXME: Is this right??
|
| 4377 | case Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization:
|
| 4378 | case Decl::Import:
|
| 4379 | return C;
|
| 4380 |
|
| 4381 | // Declaration kinds that don't make any sense here, but are
|
| 4382 | // nonetheless harmless.
|
| 4383 | case Decl::TranslationUnit:
|
| 4384 | break;
|
| 4385 |
|
| 4386 | // Declaration kinds for which the definition is not resolvable.
|
| 4387 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
|
| 4388 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
|
| 4389 | break;
|
| 4390 |
|
| 4391 | case Decl::UsingDirective:
|
| 4392 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)->getNominatedNamespace(),
|
| 4393 | TU);
|
| 4394 |
|
| 4395 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
|
| 4396 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(D)->getNamespace(), TU);
|
| 4397 |
|
| 4398 | case Decl::Enum:
|
| 4399 | case Decl::Record:
|
| 4400 | case Decl::CXXRecord:
|
| 4401 | case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization:
|
| 4402 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
|
| 4403 | if (TagDecl *Def = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
|
| 4404 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
|
| 4405 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4406 |
|
| 4407 | case Decl::Function:
|
| 4408 | case Decl::CXXMethod:
|
| 4409 | case Decl::CXXConstructor:
|
| 4410 | case Decl::CXXDestructor:
|
| 4411 | case Decl::CXXConversion: {
|
| 4412 | const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
|
| 4413 | if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getBody(Def))
|
| 4414 | return MakeCXCursor(const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Def), TU);
|
| 4415 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4416 | }
|
| 4417 |
|
| 4418 | case Decl::Var: {
|
| 4419 | // Ask the variable if it has a definition.
|
| 4420 | if (VarDecl *Def = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
|
| 4421 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
|
| 4422 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4423 | }
|
| 4424 |
|
| 4425 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: {
|
| 4426 | const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
|
| 4427 | if (cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getBody(Def))
|
| 4428 | return MakeCXCursor(Def->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(), TU);
|
| 4429 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4430 | }
|
| 4431 |
|
| 4432 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: {
|
| 4433 | if (RecordDecl *Def = cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()
|
| 4434 | ->getDefinition())
|
| 4435 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getDescribedClassTemplate(),
|
| 4436 | TU);
|
| 4437 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4438 | }
|
| 4439 |
|
| 4440 | case Decl::Using:
|
| 4441 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cast<UsingDecl>(D),
|
| 4442 | D->getLocation(), TU);
|
| 4443 |
|
| 4444 | case Decl::UsingShadow:
|
| 4445 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(
|
| 4446 | MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(),
|
| 4447 | TU));
|
| 4448 |
|
| 4449 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: {
|
| 4450 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
|
| 4451 | if (Method->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
|
| 4452 | return C;
|
| 4453 |
|
| 4454 | // Dig out the method definition in the associated
|
| 4455 | // @implementation, if we have it.
|
| 4456 | // FIXME: The ASTs should make finding the definition easier.
|
| 4457 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class
|
| 4458 | = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()))
|
| 4459 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = Class->getImplementation())
|
| 4460 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Def = ClassImpl->getMethod(Method->getSelector(),
|
| 4461 | Method->isInstanceMethod()))
|
| 4462 | if (Def->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
|
| 4463 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
|
| 4464 |
|
| 4465 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4466 | }
|
| 4467 |
|
| 4468 | case Decl::ObjCCategory:
|
| 4469 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl
|
| 4470 | = cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)->getImplementation())
|
| 4471 | return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU);
|
| 4472 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4473 |
|
| 4474 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
|
| 4475 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->getDefinition())
|
| 4476 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
|
| 4477 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4478 |
|
| 4479 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: {
|
| 4480 | // There are two notions of a "definition" for an Objective-C
|
| 4481 | // class: the interface and its implementation. When we resolved a
|
| 4482 | // reference to an Objective-C class, produce the @interface as
|
| 4483 | // the definition; when we were provided with the interface,
|
| 4484 | // produce the @implementation as the definition.
|
| 4485 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D);
|
| 4486 | if (WasReference) {
|
| 4487 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = IFace->getDefinition())
|
| 4488 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
|
| 4489 | } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation())
|
| 4490 | return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU);
|
| 4491 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4492 | }
|
| 4493 |
|
| 4494 | case Decl::ObjCProperty:
|
| 4495 | // FIXME: We don't really know where to find the
|
| 4496 | // ObjCPropertyImplDecls that implement this property.
|
| 4497 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4498 |
|
| 4499 | case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias:
|
| 4500 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class
|
| 4501 | = cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(D)->getClassInterface())
|
| 4502 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition())
|
| 4503 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU);
|
| 4504 |
|
| 4505 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4506 |
|
| 4507 | case Decl::Friend:
|
| 4508 | if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl())
|
| 4509 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU));
|
| 4510 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4511 |
|
| 4512 | case Decl::FriendTemplate:
|
| 4513 | if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendTemplateDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl())
|
| 4514 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU));
|
| 4515 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4516 | }
|
| 4517 |
|
| 4518 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4519 | }
|
| 4520 |
|
| 4521 | unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) {
|
| 4522 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 4523 | return 0;
|
| 4524 |
|
| 4525 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(C) == C;
|
| 4526 | }
|
| 4527 |
|
| 4528 | CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor C) {
|
| 4529 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 4530 | return C;
|
| 4531 |
|
| 4532 | if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C)) {
|
| 4533 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D))
|
| 4534 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = CatImplD->getCategoryDecl())
|
| 4535 | return MakeCXCursor(CatD, getCursorTU(C));
|
| 4536 |
|
| 4537 | if (ObjCImplDecl *ImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(D))
|
| 4538 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD = ImplD->getClassInterface())
|
| 4539 | return MakeCXCursor(IFD, getCursorTU(C));
|
| 4540 |
|
| 4541 | return MakeCXCursor(D->getCanonicalDecl(), getCursorTU(C));
|
| 4542 | }
|
| 4543 |
|
| 4544 | return C;
|
| 4545 | }
|
| 4546 |
|
| 4547 | int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor cursor) {
|
| 4548 | return cxcursor::getSelectorIdentifierIndexAndLoc(cursor).first;
|
| 4549 | }
|
| 4550 |
|
| 4551 | unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor C) {
|
| 4552 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef)
|
| 4553 | return 0;
|
| 4554 |
|
| 4555 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first;
|
| 4556 | if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
|
| 4557 | return E->getNumDecls();
|
| 4558 |
|
| 4559 | if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S
|
| 4560 | = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>())
|
| 4561 | return S->size();
|
| 4562 |
|
| 4563 | Decl *D = Storage.get<Decl*>();
|
| 4564 | if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D))
|
| 4565 | return Using->shadow_size();
|
| 4566 |
|
| 4567 | return 0;
|
| 4568 | }
|
| 4569 |
|
| 4570 | CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor, unsigned index) {
|
| 4571 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef)
|
| 4572 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4573 |
|
| 4574 | if (index >= clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(cursor))
|
| 4575 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4576 |
|
| 4577 | CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(cursor);
|
| 4578 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cursor).first;
|
| 4579 | if (OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadExpr *>())
|
| 4580 | return MakeCXCursor(E->decls_begin()[index], TU);
|
| 4581 |
|
| 4582 | if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S
|
| 4583 | = Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage*>())
|
| 4584 | return MakeCXCursor(S->begin()[index], TU);
|
| 4585 |
|
| 4586 | Decl *D = Storage.get<Decl*>();
|
| 4587 | if (UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) {
|
| 4588 | // FIXME: This is, unfortunately, linear time.
|
| 4589 | UsingDecl::shadow_iterator Pos = Using->shadow_begin();
|
| 4590 | std::advance(Pos, index);
|
| 4591 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Pos)->getTargetDecl(), TU);
|
| 4592 | }
|
| 4593 |
|
| 4594 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4595 | }
|
| 4596 |
|
| 4597 | void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor C,
|
| 4598 | const char **startBuf,
|
| 4599 | const char **endBuf,
|
| 4600 | unsigned *startLine,
|
| 4601 | unsigned *startColumn,
|
| 4602 | unsigned *endLine,
|
| 4603 | unsigned *endColumn) {
|
| 4604 | assert(getCursorDecl(C) && "CXCursor has null decl");
|
| 4605 | NamedDecl *ND = static_cast<NamedDecl *>(getCursorDecl(C));
|
| 4606 | FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
|
| 4607 | CompoundStmt *Body = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(FD->getBody());
|
| 4608 |
|
| 4609 | SourceManager &SM = FD->getASTContext().getSourceManager();
|
| 4610 | *startBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getLBracLoc());
|
| 4611 | *endBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getRBracLoc());
|
| 4612 | *startLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getLBracLoc());
|
| 4613 | *startColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getLBracLoc());
|
| 4614 | *endLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getRBracLoc());
|
| 4615 | *endColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getRBracLoc());
|
| 4616 | }
|
| 4617 |
|
| 4618 |
|
| 4619 | CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags,
|
| 4620 | unsigned PieceIndex) {
|
| 4621 | RefNamePieces Pieces;
|
| 4622 |
|
| 4623 | switch (C.kind) {
|
| 4624 | case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr:
|
| 4625 | if (MemberExpr *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(getCursorExpr(C)))
|
| 4626 | Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, true, E->getMemberNameInfo(),
|
| 4627 | E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange());
|
| 4628 | break;
|
| 4629 |
|
| 4630 | case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr:
|
| 4631 | if (DeclRefExpr *E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(getCursorExpr(C)))
|
| 4632 | Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, E->getNameInfo(),
|
| 4633 | E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(),
|
| 4634 | E->getOptionalExplicitTemplateArgs());
|
| 4635 | break;
|
| 4636 |
|
| 4637 | case CXCursor_CallExpr:
|
| 4638 | if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE =
|
| 4639 | dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) {
|
| 4640 | Expr *Callee = OCE->getCallee();
|
| 4641 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Callee))
|
| 4642 | Callee = ICE->getSubExpr();
|
| 4643 |
|
| 4644 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Callee))
|
| 4645 | Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, DRE->getNameInfo(),
|
| 4646 | DRE->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange());
|
| 4647 | }
|
| 4648 | break;
|
| 4649 |
|
| 4650 | default:
|
| 4651 | break;
|
| 4652 | }
|
| 4653 |
|
| 4654 | if (Pieces.empty()) {
|
| 4655 | if (PieceIndex == 0)
|
| 4656 | return clang_getCursorExtent(C);
|
| 4657 | } else if (PieceIndex < Pieces.size()) {
|
| 4658 | SourceRange R = Pieces[PieceIndex];
|
| 4659 | if (R.isValid())
|
| 4660 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R);
|
| 4661 | }
|
| 4662 |
|
| 4663 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 4664 | }
|
| 4665 |
|
| 4666 | void clang_enableStackTraces(void) {
|
| 4667 | llvm::sys::PrintStackTraceOnErrorSignal();
|
| 4668 | }
|
| 4669 |
|
| 4670 | void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
|
| 4671 | unsigned stack_size) {
|
| 4672 | llvm::llvm_execute_on_thread(fn, user_data, stack_size);
|
| 4673 | }
|
| 4674 |
|
| 4675 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 4676 |
|
| 4677 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 4678 | // Token-based Operations.
|
| 4679 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 4680 |
|
| 4681 | /* CXToken layout:
|
| 4682 | * int_data[0]: a CXTokenKind
|
| 4683 | * int_data[1]: starting token location
|
| 4684 | * int_data[2]: token length
|
| 4685 | * int_data[3]: reserved
|
| 4686 | * ptr_data: for identifiers and keywords, an IdentifierInfo*.
|
| 4687 | * otherwise unused.
|
| 4688 | */
|
| 4689 | extern "C" {
|
| 4690 |
|
| 4691 | CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken CXTok) {
|
| 4692 | return static_cast<CXTokenKind>(CXTok.int_data[0]);
|
| 4693 | }
|
| 4694 |
|
| 4695 | CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
|
| 4696 | switch (clang_getTokenKind(CXTok)) {
|
| 4697 | case CXToken_Identifier:
|
| 4698 | case CXToken_Keyword:
|
| 4699 | // We know we have an IdentifierInfo*, so use that.
|
| 4700 | return createCXString(static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(CXTok.ptr_data)
|
| 4701 | ->getNameStart());
|
| 4702 |
|
| 4703 | case CXToken_Literal: {
|
| 4704 | // We have stashed the starting pointer in the ptr_data field. Use it.
|
| 4705 | const char *Text = static_cast<const char *>(CXTok.ptr_data);
|
| 4706 | return createCXString(StringRef(Text, CXTok.int_data[2]));
|
| 4707 | }
|
| 4708 |
|
| 4709 | case CXToken_Punctuation:
|
| 4710 | case CXToken_Comment:
|
| 4711 | break;
|
| 4712 | }
|
| 4713 |
|
| 4714 | // We have to find the starting buffer pointer the hard way, by
|
| 4715 | // deconstructing the source location.
|
| 4716 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 4717 | if (!CXXUnit)
|
| 4718 | return createCXString("");
|
| 4719 |
|
| 4720 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]);
|
| 4721 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo
|
| 4722 | = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Loc);
|
| 4723 | bool Invalid = false;
|
| 4724 | StringRef Buffer
|
| 4725 | = CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
|
| 4726 | if (Invalid)
|
| 4727 | return createCXString("");
|
| 4728 |
|
| 4729 | return createCXString(Buffer.substr(LocInfo.second, CXTok.int_data[2]));
|
| 4730 | }
|
| 4731 |
|
| 4732 | CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
|
| 4733 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 4734 | if (!CXXUnit)
|
| 4735 | return clang_getNullLocation();
|
| 4736 |
|
| 4737 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXXUnit->getASTContext(),
|
| 4738 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]));
|
| 4739 | }
|
| 4740 |
|
| 4741 | CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) {
|
| 4742 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 4743 | if (!CXXUnit)
|
| 4744 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 4745 |
|
| 4746 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(CXXUnit->getASTContext(),
|
| 4747 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]));
|
| 4748 | }
|
| 4749 |
|
| 4750 | static void getTokens(ASTUnit *CXXUnit, SourceRange Range,
|
| 4751 | SmallVectorImpl<CXToken> &CXTokens) {
|
| 4752 | SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
|
| 4753 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo
|
| 4754 | = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getBegin());
|
| 4755 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo
|
| 4756 | = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Range.getEnd());
|
| 4757 |
|
| 4758 | // Cannot tokenize across files.
|
| 4759 | if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first)
|
| 4760 | return;
|
| 4761 |
|
| 4762 | // Create a lexer
|
| 4763 | bool Invalid = false;
|
| 4764 | StringRef Buffer
|
| 4765 | = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid);
|
| 4766 | if (Invalid)
|
| 4767 | return;
|
| 4768 |
|
| 4769 | Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first),
|
| 4770 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(),
|
| 4771 | Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second, Buffer.end());
|
| 4772 | Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
|
| 4773 |
|
| 4774 | // Lex tokens until we hit the end of the range.
|
| 4775 | const char *EffectiveBufferEnd = Buffer.data() + EndLocInfo.second;
|
| 4776 | Token Tok;
|
| 4777 | bool previousWasAt = false;
|
| 4778 | do {
|
| 4779 | // Lex the next token
|
| 4780 | Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
|
| 4781 | if (Tok.is(tok::eof))
|
| 4782 | break;
|
| 4783 |
|
| 4784 | // Initialize the CXToken.
|
| 4785 | CXToken CXTok;
|
| 4786 |
|
| 4787 | // - Common fields
|
| 4788 | CXTok.int_data[1] = Tok.getLocation().getRawEncoding();
|
| 4789 | CXTok.int_data[2] = Tok.getLength();
|
| 4790 | CXTok.int_data[3] = 0;
|
| 4791 |
|
| 4792 | // - Kind-specific fields
|
| 4793 | if (Tok.isLiteral()) {
|
| 4794 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Literal;
|
| 4795 | CXTok.ptr_data = (void *)Tok.getLiteralData();
|
| 4796 | } else if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) {
|
| 4797 | // Lookup the identifier to determine whether we have a keyword.
|
| 4798 | IdentifierInfo *II
|
| 4799 | = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().LookUpIdentifierInfo(Tok);
|
| 4800 |
|
| 4801 | if ((II->getObjCKeywordID() != tok::objc_not_keyword) && previousWasAt) {
|
| 4802 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
|
| 4803 | }
|
| 4804 | else {
|
| 4805 | CXTok.int_data[0] = Tok.is(tok::identifier)
|
| 4806 | ? CXToken_Identifier
|
| 4807 | : CXToken_Keyword;
|
| 4808 | }
|
| 4809 | CXTok.ptr_data = II;
|
| 4810 | } else if (Tok.is(tok::comment)) {
|
| 4811 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Comment;
|
| 4812 | CXTok.ptr_data = 0;
|
| 4813 | } else {
|
| 4814 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Punctuation;
|
| 4815 | CXTok.ptr_data = 0;
|
| 4816 | }
|
| 4817 | CXTokens.push_back(CXTok);
|
| 4818 | previousWasAt = Tok.is(tok::at);
|
| 4819 | } while (Lex.getBufferLocation() <= EffectiveBufferEnd);
|
| 4820 | }
|
| 4821 |
|
| 4822 | void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
|
| 4823 | CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens) {
|
| 4824 | if (Tokens)
|
| 4825 | *Tokens = 0;
|
| 4826 | if (NumTokens)
|
| 4827 | *NumTokens = 0;
|
| 4828 |
|
| 4829 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 4830 | if (!CXXUnit || !Tokens || !NumTokens)
|
| 4831 | return;
|
| 4832 |
|
| 4833 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
|
| 4834 |
|
| 4835 | SourceRange R = cxloc::translateCXSourceRange(Range);
|
| 4836 | if (R.isInvalid())
|
| 4837 | return;
|
| 4838 |
|
| 4839 | SmallVector<CXToken, 32> CXTokens;
|
| 4840 | getTokens(CXXUnit, R, CXTokens);
|
| 4841 |
|
| 4842 | if (CXTokens.empty())
|
| 4843 | return;
|
| 4844 |
|
| 4845 | *Tokens = (CXToken *)malloc(sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size());
|
| 4846 | memmove(*Tokens, CXTokens.data(), sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size());
|
| 4847 | *NumTokens = CXTokens.size();
|
| 4848 | }
|
| 4849 |
|
| 4850 | void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
|
| 4851 | CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens) {
|
| 4852 | free(Tokens);
|
| 4853 | }
|
| 4854 |
|
| 4855 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 4856 |
|
| 4857 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 4858 | // Token annotation APIs.
|
| 4859 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 4860 |
|
| 4861 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, CXCursor> AnnotateTokensData;
|
| 4862 | static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
|
| 4863 | CXCursor parent,
|
| 4864 | CXClientData client_data);
|
| 4865 | static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
|
| 4866 | CXClientData client_data);
|
| 4867 |
|
| 4868 | namespace {
|
| 4869 | class AnnotateTokensWorker {
|
| 4870 | AnnotateTokensData &Annotated;
|
| 4871 | CXToken *Tokens;
|
| 4872 | CXCursor *Cursors;
|
| 4873 | unsigned NumTokens;
|
| 4874 | unsigned TokIdx;
|
| 4875 | unsigned PreprocessingTokIdx;
|
| 4876 | CursorVisitor AnnotateVis;
|
| 4877 | SourceManager &SrcMgr;
|
| 4878 | bool HasContextSensitiveKeywords;
|
| 4879 |
|
| 4880 | struct PostChildrenInfo {
|
| 4881 | CXCursor Cursor;
|
| 4882 | SourceRange CursorRange;
|
| 4883 | unsigned BeforeChildrenTokenIdx;
|
| 4884 | };
|
| 4885 | llvm::SmallVector<PostChildrenInfo, 8> PostChildrenInfos;
|
| 4886 |
|
| 4887 | bool MoreTokens() const { return TokIdx < NumTokens; }
|
| 4888 | unsigned NextToken() const { return TokIdx; }
|
| 4889 | void AdvanceToken() { ++TokIdx; }
|
| 4890 | SourceLocation GetTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) {
|
| 4891 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[1]);
|
| 4892 | }
|
| 4893 | bool isFunctionMacroToken(unsigned tokI) const {
|
| 4894 | return Tokens[tokI].int_data[3] != 0;
|
| 4895 | }
|
| 4896 | SourceLocation getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) const {
|
| 4897 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[3]);
|
| 4898 | }
|
| 4899 |
|
| 4900 | void annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult, SourceRange);
|
| 4901 | void annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult,
|
| 4902 | SourceRange);
|
| 4903 |
|
| 4904 | public:
|
| 4905 | AnnotateTokensWorker(AnnotateTokensData &annotated,
|
| 4906 | CXToken *tokens, CXCursor *cursors, unsigned numTokens,
|
| 4907 | CXTranslationUnit tu, SourceRange RegionOfInterest)
|
| 4908 | : Annotated(annotated), Tokens(tokens), Cursors(cursors),
|
| 4909 | NumTokens(numTokens), TokIdx(0), PreprocessingTokIdx(0),
|
| 4910 | AnnotateVis(tu,
|
| 4911 | AnnotateTokensVisitor, this,
|
| 4912 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
|
| 4913 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
|
| 4914 | RegionOfInterest,
|
| 4915 | /*VisitDeclsOnly=*/false,
|
| 4916 | AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor),
|
| 4917 | SrcMgr(static_cast<ASTUnit*>(tu->TUData)->getSourceManager()),
|
| 4918 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords(false) { }
|
| 4919 |
|
| 4920 | void VisitChildren(CXCursor C) { AnnotateVis.VisitChildren(C); }
|
| 4921 | enum CXChildVisitResult Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
|
| 4922 | bool postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor);
|
| 4923 | void AnnotateTokens();
|
| 4924 |
|
| 4925 | /// \brief Determine whether the annotator saw any cursors that have
|
| 4926 | /// context-sensitive keywords.
|
| 4927 | bool hasContextSensitiveKeywords() const {
|
| 4928 | return HasContextSensitiveKeywords;
|
| 4929 | }
|
| 4930 |
|
| 4931 | ~AnnotateTokensWorker() {
|
| 4932 | assert(PostChildrenInfos.empty());
|
| 4933 | }
|
| 4934 | };
|
| 4935 | }
|
| 4936 |
|
| 4937 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::AnnotateTokens() {
|
| 4938 | // Walk the AST within the region of interest, annotating tokens
|
| 4939 | // along the way.
|
| 4940 | AnnotateVis.visitFileRegion();
|
| 4941 |
|
| 4942 | for (unsigned I = 0 ; I < TokIdx ; ++I) {
|
| 4943 | AnnotateTokensData::iterator Pos = Annotated.find(Tokens[I].int_data[1]);
|
| 4944 | if (Pos != Annotated.end() && !clang_isPreprocessing(Cursors[I].kind))
|
| 4945 | Cursors[I] = Pos->second;
|
| 4946 | }
|
| 4947 |
|
| 4948 | // Finish up annotating any tokens left.
|
| 4949 | if (!MoreTokens())
|
| 4950 | return;
|
| 4951 |
|
| 4952 | const CXCursor &C = clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 4953 | for (unsigned I = TokIdx ; I < NumTokens ; ++I) {
|
| 4954 | if (I < PreprocessingTokIdx && clang_isPreprocessing(Cursors[I].kind))
|
| 4955 | continue;
|
| 4956 |
|
| 4957 | AnnotateTokensData::iterator Pos = Annotated.find(Tokens[I].int_data[1]);
|
| 4958 | Cursors[I] = (Pos == Annotated.end()) ? C : Pos->second;
|
| 4959 | }
|
| 4960 | }
|
| 4961 |
|
| 4962 | /// \brief It annotates and advances tokens with a cursor until the comparison
|
| 4963 | //// between the cursor location and the source range is the same as
|
| 4964 | /// \arg compResult.
|
| 4965 | ///
|
| 4966 | /// Pass RangeBefore to annotate tokens with a cursor until a range is reached.
|
| 4967 | /// Pass RangeOverlap to annotate tokens inside a range.
|
| 4968 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor updateC,
|
| 4969 | RangeComparisonResult compResult,
|
| 4970 | SourceRange range) {
|
| 4971 | while (MoreTokens()) {
|
| 4972 | const unsigned I = NextToken();
|
| 4973 | if (isFunctionMacroToken(I))
|
| 4974 | return annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(updateC, compResult, range);
|
| 4975 |
|
| 4976 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
|
| 4977 | if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) {
|
| 4978 | Cursors[I] = updateC;
|
| 4979 | AdvanceToken();
|
| 4980 | continue;
|
| 4981 | }
|
| 4982 | break;
|
| 4983 | }
|
| 4984 | }
|
| 4985 |
|
| 4986 | /// \brief Special annotation handling for macro argument tokens.
|
| 4987 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(
|
| 4988 | CXCursor updateC,
|
| 4989 | RangeComparisonResult compResult,
|
| 4990 | SourceRange range) {
|
| 4991 | assert(MoreTokens());
|
| 4992 | assert(isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) &&
|
| 4993 | "Should be called only for macro arg tokens");
|
| 4994 |
|
| 4995 | // This works differently than annotateAndAdvanceTokens; because expanded
|
| 4996 | // macro arguments can have arbitrary translation-unit source order, we do not
|
| 4997 | // advance the token index one by one until a token fails the range test.
|
| 4998 | // We only advance once past all of the macro arg tokens if all of them
|
| 4999 | // pass the range test. If one of them fails we keep the token index pointing
|
| 5000 | // at the start of the macro arg tokens so that the failing token will be
|
| 5001 | // annotated by a subsequent annotation try.
|
| 5002 |
|
| 5003 | bool atLeastOneCompFail = false;
|
| 5004 |
|
| 5005 | unsigned I = NextToken();
|
| 5006 | for (; I < NumTokens && isFunctionMacroToken(I); ++I) {
|
| 5007 | SourceLocation TokLoc = getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(I);
|
| 5008 | if (TokLoc.isFileID())
|
| 5009 | continue; // not macro arg token, it's parens or comma.
|
| 5010 | if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) {
|
| 5011 | if (clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I])))
|
| 5012 | Cursors[I] = updateC;
|
| 5013 | } else
|
| 5014 | atLeastOneCompFail = true;
|
| 5015 | }
|
| 5016 |
|
| 5017 | if (!atLeastOneCompFail)
|
| 5018 | TokIdx = I; // All of the tokens were handled, advance beyond all of them.
|
| 5019 | }
|
| 5020 |
|
| 5021 | enum CXChildVisitResult
|
| 5022 | AnnotateTokensWorker::Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) {
|
| 5023 | CXSourceLocation Loc = clang_getCursorLocation(cursor);
|
| 5024 | SourceRange cursorRange = getRawCursorExtent(cursor);
|
| 5025 | if (cursorRange.isInvalid())
|
| 5026 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
|
| 5027 |
|
| 5028 | if (!HasContextSensitiveKeywords) {
|
| 5029 | // Objective-C properties can have context-sensitive keywords.
|
| 5030 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) {
|
| 5031 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property
|
| 5032 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor)))
|
| 5033 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0;
|
| 5034 | }
|
| 5035 | // Objective-C methods can have context-sensitive keywords.
|
| 5036 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
|
| 5037 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
|
| 5038 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method
|
| 5039 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
|
| 5040 | if (Method->getObjCDeclQualifier())
|
| 5041 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
|
| 5042 | else {
|
| 5043 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
|
| 5044 | PEnd = Method->param_end();
|
| 5045 | P != PEnd; ++P) {
|
| 5046 | if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier()) {
|
| 5047 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
|
| 5048 | break;
|
| 5049 | }
|
| 5050 | }
|
| 5051 | }
|
| 5052 | }
|
| 5053 | }
|
| 5054 | // C++ methods can have context-sensitive keywords.
|
| 5055 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXMethod) {
|
| 5056 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
|
| 5057 | = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) {
|
| 5058 | if (Method->hasAttr<FinalAttr>() || Method->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>())
|
| 5059 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
|
| 5060 | }
|
| 5061 | }
|
| 5062 | // C++ classes can have context-sensitive keywords.
|
| 5063 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_StructDecl ||
|
| 5064 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassDecl ||
|
| 5065 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplate ||
|
| 5066 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization) {
|
| 5067 | if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor))
|
| 5068 | if (D->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
|
| 5069 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true;
|
| 5070 | }
|
| 5071 | }
|
| 5072 |
|
| 5073 | if (clang_isPreprocessing(cursor.kind)) {
|
| 5074 | // Items in the preprocessing record are kept separate from items in
|
| 5075 | // declarations, so we keep a separate token index.
|
| 5076 | unsigned SavedTokIdx = TokIdx;
|
| 5077 | TokIdx = PreprocessingTokIdx;
|
| 5078 |
|
| 5079 | // Skip tokens up until we catch up to the beginning of the preprocessing
|
| 5080 | // entry.
|
| 5081 | while (MoreTokens()) {
|
| 5082 | const unsigned I = NextToken();
|
| 5083 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
|
| 5084 | switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) {
|
| 5085 | case RangeBefore:
|
| 5086 | AdvanceToken();
|
| 5087 | continue;
|
| 5088 | case RangeAfter:
|
| 5089 | case RangeOverlap:
|
| 5090 | break;
|
| 5091 | }
|
| 5092 | break;
|
| 5093 | }
|
| 5094 |
|
| 5095 | // Look at all of the tokens within this range.
|
| 5096 | while (MoreTokens()) {
|
| 5097 | const unsigned I = NextToken();
|
| 5098 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I);
|
| 5099 | switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) {
|
| 5100 | case RangeBefore:
|
| 5101 | llvm_unreachable("Infeasible");
|
| 5102 | case RangeAfter:
|
| 5103 | break;
|
| 5104 | case RangeOverlap:
|
| 5105 | Cursors[I] = cursor;
|
| 5106 | AdvanceToken();
|
| 5107 | // For macro expansions, just note where the beginning of the macro
|
| 5108 | // expansion occurs.
|
| 5109 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
|
| 5110 | break;
|
| 5111 | continue;
|
| 5112 | }
|
| 5113 | break;
|
| 5114 | }
|
| 5115 |
|
| 5116 | // Save the preprocessing token index; restore the non-preprocessing
|
| 5117 | // token index.
|
| 5118 | PreprocessingTokIdx = TokIdx;
|
| 5119 | TokIdx = SavedTokIdx;
|
| 5120 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
|
| 5121 | }
|
| 5122 |
|
| 5123 | if (cursorRange.isInvalid())
|
| 5124 | return CXChildVisit_Continue;
|
| 5125 |
|
| 5126 | SourceLocation L = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Loc.int_data);
|
| 5127 |
|
| 5128 | // Adjust the annotated range based specific declarations.
|
| 5129 | const enum CXCursorKind cursorK = clang_getCursorKind(cursor);
|
| 5130 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursorK)) {
|
| 5131 | Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
|
| 5132 |
|
| 5133 | SourceLocation StartLoc;
|
| 5134 | if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
|
| 5135 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 5136 | StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
|
| 5137 | } else if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast_or_null<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
|
| 5138 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo())
|
| 5139 | StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getLocStart();
|
| 5140 | }
|
| 5141 |
|
| 5142 | if (StartLoc.isValid() && L.isValid() &&
|
| 5143 | SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, L))
|
| 5144 | cursorRange.setBegin(StartLoc);
|
| 5145 | }
|
| 5146 |
|
| 5147 | // If the location of the cursor occurs within a macro instantiation, record
|
| 5148 | // the spelling location of the cursor in our annotation map. We can then
|
| 5149 | // paper over the token labelings during a post-processing step to try and
|
| 5150 | // get cursor mappings for tokens that are the *arguments* of a macro
|
| 5151 | // instantiation.
|
| 5152 | if (L.isMacroID()) {
|
| 5153 | unsigned rawEncoding = SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(L).getRawEncoding();
|
| 5154 | // Only invalidate the old annotation if it isn't part of a preprocessing
|
| 5155 | // directive. Here we assume that the default construction of CXCursor
|
| 5156 | // results in CXCursor.kind being an initialized value (i.e., 0). If
|
| 5157 | // this isn't the case, we can fix by doing lookup + insertion.
|
| 5158 |
|
| 5159 | CXCursor &oldC = Annotated[rawEncoding];
|
| 5160 | if (!clang_isPreprocessing(oldC.kind))
|
| 5161 | oldC = cursor;
|
| 5162 | }
|
| 5163 |
|
| 5164 | const enum CXCursorKind K = clang_getCursorKind(parent);
|
| 5165 | const CXCursor updateC =
|
| 5166 | (clang_isInvalid(K) || K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit)
|
| 5167 | ? clang_getNullCursor() : parent;
|
| 5168 |
|
| 5169 | annotateAndAdvanceTokens(updateC, RangeBefore, cursorRange);
|
| 5170 |
|
| 5171 | // Avoid having the cursor of an expression "overwrite" the annotation of the
|
| 5172 | // variable declaration that it belongs to.
|
| 5173 | // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally
|
| 5174 | // include the variable declaration, e.g.:
|
| 5175 | // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure we don't annotate 'foo' as a CallExpr cursor.
|
| 5176 | if (clang_isExpression(cursorK)) {
|
| 5177 | Expr *E = getCursorExpr(cursor);
|
| 5178 | if (Decl *D = getCursorParentDecl(cursor)) {
|
| 5179 | const unsigned I = NextToken();
|
| 5180 | if (E->getLocStart().isValid() && D->getLocation().isValid() &&
|
| 5181 | E->getLocStart() == D->getLocation() &&
|
| 5182 | E->getLocStart() == GetTokenLoc(I)) {
|
| 5183 | Cursors[I] = updateC;
|
| 5184 | AdvanceToken();
|
| 5185 | }
|
| 5186 | }
|
| 5187 | }
|
| 5188 |
|
| 5189 | // Before recursing into the children keep some state that we are going
|
| 5190 | // to use in the AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren callback to do some
|
| 5191 | // extra work after the child nodes are visited.
|
| 5192 | // Note that we don't call VisitChildren here to avoid traversing statements
|
| 5193 | // code-recursively which can blow the stack.
|
| 5194 |
|
| 5195 | PostChildrenInfo Info;
|
| 5196 | Info.Cursor = cursor;
|
| 5197 | Info.CursorRange = cursorRange;
|
| 5198 | Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx = NextToken();
|
| 5199 | PostChildrenInfos.push_back(Info);
|
| 5200 |
|
| 5201 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse;
|
| 5202 | }
|
| 5203 |
|
| 5204 | bool AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor) {
|
| 5205 | if (PostChildrenInfos.empty())
|
| 5206 | return false;
|
| 5207 | const PostChildrenInfo &Info = PostChildrenInfos.back();
|
| 5208 | if (!clang_equalCursors(Info.Cursor, cursor))
|
| 5209 | return false;
|
| 5210 |
|
| 5211 | const unsigned BeforeChildren = Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx;
|
| 5212 | const unsigned AfterChildren = NextToken();
|
| 5213 | SourceRange cursorRange = Info.CursorRange;
|
| 5214 |
|
| 5215 | // Scan the tokens that are at the end of the cursor, but are not captured
|
| 5216 | // but the child cursors.
|
| 5217 | annotateAndAdvanceTokens(cursor, RangeOverlap, cursorRange);
|
| 5218 |
|
| 5219 | // Scan the tokens that are at the beginning of the cursor, but are not
|
| 5220 | // capture by the child cursors.
|
| 5221 | for (unsigned I = BeforeChildren; I != AfterChildren; ++I) {
|
| 5222 | if (!clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I])))
|
| 5223 | break;
|
| 5224 |
|
| 5225 | Cursors[I] = cursor;
|
| 5226 | }
|
| 5227 |
|
| 5228 | PostChildrenInfos.pop_back();
|
| 5229 | return false;
|
| 5230 | }
|
| 5231 |
|
| 5232 | static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
|
| 5233 | CXCursor parent,
|
| 5234 | CXClientData client_data) {
|
| 5235 | return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->Visit(cursor, parent);
|
| 5236 | }
|
| 5237 |
|
| 5238 | static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor,
|
| 5239 | CXClientData client_data) {
|
| 5240 | return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker*>(client_data)->
|
| 5241 | postVisitChildren(cursor);
|
| 5242 | }
|
| 5243 |
|
| 5244 | namespace {
|
| 5245 |
|
| 5246 | /// \brief Uses the macro expansions in the preprocessing record to find
|
| 5247 | /// and mark tokens that are macro arguments. This info is used by the
|
| 5248 | /// AnnotateTokensWorker.
|
| 5249 | class MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor {
|
| 5250 | SourceManager &SM;
|
| 5251 | CXToken *Tokens;
|
| 5252 | unsigned NumTokens;
|
| 5253 | unsigned CurIdx;
|
| 5254 |
|
| 5255 | public:
|
| 5256 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor(SourceManager &SM,
|
| 5257 | CXToken *tokens, unsigned numTokens)
|
| 5258 | : SM(SM), Tokens(tokens), NumTokens(numTokens), CurIdx(0) { }
|
| 5259 |
|
| 5260 | CXChildVisitResult visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) {
|
| 5261 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion)
|
| 5262 | return CXChildVisit_Continue;
|
| 5263 |
|
| 5264 | SourceRange macroRange = getCursorMacroExpansion(cursor)->getSourceRange();
|
| 5265 | if (macroRange.getBegin() == macroRange.getEnd())
|
| 5266 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; // it's not a function macro.
|
| 5267 |
|
| 5268 | for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) {
|
| 5269 | if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(getTokenLoc(CurIdx),
|
| 5270 | macroRange.getBegin()))
|
| 5271 | break;
|
| 5272 | }
|
| 5273 |
|
| 5274 | if (CurIdx == NumTokens)
|
| 5275 | return CXChildVisit_Break;
|
| 5276 |
|
| 5277 | for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) {
|
| 5278 | SourceLocation tokLoc = getTokenLoc(CurIdx);
|
| 5279 | if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(tokLoc, macroRange.getEnd()))
|
| 5280 | break;
|
| 5281 |
|
| 5282 | setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(CurIdx, SM.getMacroArgExpandedLocation(tokLoc));
|
| 5283 | }
|
| 5284 |
|
| 5285 | if (CurIdx == NumTokens)
|
| 5286 | return CXChildVisit_Break;
|
| 5287 |
|
| 5288 | return CXChildVisit_Continue;
|
| 5289 | }
|
| 5290 |
|
| 5291 | private:
|
| 5292 | SourceLocation getTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) {
|
| 5293 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[tokI].int_data[1]);
|
| 5294 | }
|
| 5295 |
|
| 5296 | void setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI, SourceLocation loc) {
|
| 5297 | // The third field is reserved and currently not used. Use it here
|
| 5298 | // to mark macro arg expanded tokens with their expanded locations.
|
| 5299 | Tokens[tokI].int_data[3] = loc.getRawEncoding();
|
| 5300 | }
|
| 5301 | };
|
| 5302 |
|
| 5303 | } // end anonymous namespace
|
| 5304 |
|
| 5305 | static CXChildVisitResult
|
| 5306 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent,
|
| 5307 | CXClientData client_data) {
|
| 5308 | return static_cast<MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor*>(client_data)->visit(cursor,
|
| 5309 | parent);
|
| 5310 | }
|
| 5311 |
|
| 5312 | namespace {
|
| 5313 | struct clang_annotateTokens_Data {
|
| 5314 | CXTranslationUnit TU;
|
| 5315 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit;
|
| 5316 | CXToken *Tokens;
|
| 5317 | unsigned NumTokens;
|
| 5318 | CXCursor *Cursors;
|
| 5319 | };
|
| 5320 | }
|
| 5321 |
|
| 5322 | static void annotatePreprocessorTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
|
| 5323 | SourceRange RegionOfInterest,
|
| 5324 | AnnotateTokensData &Annotated) {
|
| 5325 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 5326 |
|
| 5327 | SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager();
|
| 5328 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo
|
| 5329 | = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin());
|
| 5330 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo
|
| 5331 | = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd());
|
| 5332 |
|
| 5333 | if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first)
|
| 5334 | return;
|
| 5335 |
|
| 5336 | StringRef Buffer;
|
| 5337 | bool Invalid = false;
|
| 5338 | Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid);
|
| 5339 | if (Buffer.empty() || Invalid)
|
| 5340 | return;
|
| 5341 |
|
| 5342 | Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first),
|
| 5343 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(),
|
| 5344 | Buffer.begin(), Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second,
|
| 5345 | Buffer.end());
|
| 5346 | Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
|
| 5347 |
|
| 5348 | // Lex tokens in raw mode until we hit the end of the range, to avoid
|
| 5349 | // entering #includes or expanding macros.
|
| 5350 | while (true) {
|
| 5351 | Token Tok;
|
| 5352 | Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
|
| 5353 |
|
| 5354 | reprocess:
|
| 5355 | if (Tok.is(tok::hash) && Tok.isAtStartOfLine()) {
|
| 5356 | // We have found a preprocessing directive. Gobble it up so that we
|
| 5357 | // don't see it while preprocessing these tokens later, but keep track
|
| 5358 | // of all of the token locations inside this preprocessing directive so
|
| 5359 | // that we can annotate them appropriately.
|
| 5360 | //
|
| 5361 | // FIXME: Some simple tests here could identify macro definitions and
|
| 5362 | // #undefs, to provide specific cursor kinds for those.
|
| 5363 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 32> Locations;
|
| 5364 | do {
|
| 5365 | Locations.push_back(Tok.getLocation());
|
| 5366 | Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok);
|
| 5367 | } while (!Tok.isAtStartOfLine() && !Tok.is(tok::eof));
|
| 5368 |
|
| 5369 | using namespace cxcursor;
|
| 5370 | CXCursor Cursor
|
| 5371 | = MakePreprocessingDirectiveCursor(SourceRange(Locations.front(),
|
| 5372 | Locations.back()),
|
| 5373 | TU);
|
| 5374 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Locations.size(); I != N; ++I) {
|
| 5375 | Annotated[Locations[I].getRawEncoding()] = Cursor;
|
| 5376 | }
|
| 5377 |
|
| 5378 | if (Tok.isAtStartOfLine())
|
| 5379 | goto reprocess;
|
| 5380 |
|
| 5381 | continue;
|
| 5382 | }
|
| 5383 |
|
| 5384 | if (Tok.is(tok::eof))
|
| 5385 | break;
|
| 5386 | }
|
| 5387 | }
|
| 5388 |
|
| 5389 | // This gets run a separate thread to avoid stack blowout.
|
| 5390 | static void clang_annotateTokensImpl(void *UserData) {
|
| 5391 | CXTranslationUnit TU = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->TU;
|
| 5392 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->CXXUnit;
|
| 5393 | CXToken *Tokens = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->Tokens;
|
| 5394 | const unsigned NumTokens = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->NumTokens;
|
| 5395 | CXCursor *Cursors = ((clang_annotateTokens_Data*)UserData)->Cursors;
|
| 5396 |
|
| 5397 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = (CIndexer*)TU->CIdx;
|
| 5398 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing))
|
| 5399 | setThreadBackgroundPriority();
|
| 5400 |
|
| 5401 | // Determine the region of interest, which contains all of the tokens.
|
| 5402 | SourceRange RegionOfInterest;
|
| 5403 | RegionOfInterest.setBegin(
|
| 5404 | cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0])));
|
| 5405 | RegionOfInterest.setEnd(
|
| 5406 | cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU,
|
| 5407 | Tokens[NumTokens-1])));
|
| 5408 |
|
| 5409 | // A mapping from the source locations found when re-lexing or traversing the
|
| 5410 | // region of interest to the corresponding cursors.
|
| 5411 | AnnotateTokensData Annotated;
|
| 5412 |
|
| 5413 | // Relex the tokens within the source range to look for preprocessing
|
| 5414 | // directives.
|
| 5415 | annotatePreprocessorTokens(TU, RegionOfInterest, Annotated);
|
| 5416 |
|
| 5417 | if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) {
|
| 5418 | // Search and mark tokens that are macro argument expansions.
|
| 5419 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor Visitor(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(),
|
| 5420 | Tokens, NumTokens);
|
| 5421 | CursorVisitor MacroArgMarker(TU,
|
| 5422 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate, &Visitor,
|
| 5423 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true,
|
| 5424 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false,
|
| 5425 | RegionOfInterest);
|
| 5426 | MacroArgMarker.visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion();
|
| 5427 | }
|
| 5428 |
|
| 5429 | // Annotate all of the source locations in the region of interest that map to
|
| 5430 | // a specific cursor.
|
| 5431 | AnnotateTokensWorker W(Annotated, Tokens, Cursors, NumTokens,
|
| 5432 | TU, RegionOfInterest);
|
| 5433 |
|
| 5434 | // FIXME: We use a ridiculous stack size here because the data-recursion
|
| 5435 | // algorithm uses a large stack frame than the non-data recursive version,
|
| 5436 | // and AnnotationTokensWorker currently transforms the data-recursion
|
| 5437 | // algorithm back into a traditional recursion by explicitly calling
|
| 5438 | // VisitChildren(). We will need to remove this explicit recursive call.
|
| 5439 | W.AnnotateTokens();
|
| 5440 |
|
| 5441 | // If we ran into any entities that involve context-sensitive keywords,
|
| 5442 | // take another pass through the tokens to mark them as such.
|
| 5443 | if (W.hasContextSensitiveKeywords()) {
|
| 5444 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I) {
|
| 5445 | if (clang_getTokenKind(Tokens[I]) != CXToken_Identifier)
|
| 5446 | continue;
|
| 5447 |
|
| 5448 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) {
|
| 5449 | IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data);
|
| 5450 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property
|
| 5451 | = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(Cursors[I]))) {
|
| 5452 | if (Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0 &&
|
| 5453 | llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
|
| 5454 | .Case("readonly", true)
|
| 5455 | .Case("assign", true)
|
| 5456 | .Case("unsafe_unretained", true)
|
| 5457 | .Case("readwrite", true)
|
| 5458 | .Case("retain", true)
|
| 5459 | .Case("copy", true)
|
| 5460 | .Case("nonatomic", true)
|
| 5461 | .Case("atomic", true)
|
| 5462 | .Case("getter", true)
|
| 5463 | .Case("setter", true)
|
| 5464 | .Case("strong", true)
|
| 5465 | .Case("weak", true)
|
| 5466 | .Default(false))
|
| 5467 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
|
| 5468 | }
|
| 5469 | continue;
|
| 5470 | }
|
| 5471 |
|
| 5472 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl ||
|
| 5473 | Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) {
|
| 5474 | IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data);
|
| 5475 | if (llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
|
| 5476 | .Case("in", true)
|
| 5477 | .Case("out", true)
|
| 5478 | .Case("inout", true)
|
| 5479 | .Case("oneway", true)
|
| 5480 | .Case("bycopy", true)
|
| 5481 | .Case("byref", true)
|
| 5482 | .Default(false))
|
| 5483 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
|
| 5484 | continue;
|
| 5485 | }
|
| 5486 |
|
| 5487 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr ||
|
| 5488 | Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr) {
|
| 5489 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword;
|
| 5490 | continue;
|
| 5491 | }
|
| 5492 | }
|
| 5493 | }
|
| 5494 | }
|
| 5495 |
|
| 5496 | extern "C" {
|
| 5497 |
|
| 5498 | void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
|
| 5499 | CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
|
| 5500 | CXCursor *Cursors) {
|
| 5501 |
|
| 5502 | if (NumTokens == 0 || !Tokens || !Cursors)
|
| 5503 | return;
|
| 5504 |
|
| 5505 | // Any token we don't specifically annotate will have a NULL cursor.
|
| 5506 | CXCursor C = clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 5507 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I)
|
| 5508 | Cursors[I] = C;
|
| 5509 |
|
| 5510 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit *>(TU->TUData);
|
| 5511 | if (!CXXUnit)
|
| 5512 | return;
|
| 5513 |
|
| 5514 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit);
|
| 5515 |
|
| 5516 | clang_annotateTokens_Data data = { TU, CXXUnit, Tokens, NumTokens, Cursors };
|
| 5517 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC;
|
| 5518 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, clang_annotateTokensImpl, &data,
|
| 5519 | GetSafetyThreadStackSize() * 2)) {
|
| 5520 | fprintf(stderr, "libclang: crash detected while annotating tokens\n");
|
| 5521 | }
|
| 5522 | }
|
| 5523 |
|
| 5524 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 5525 |
|
| 5526 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5527 | // Operations for querying linkage of a cursor.
|
| 5528 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5529 |
|
| 5530 | extern "C" {
|
| 5531 | CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor) {
|
| 5532 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
|
| 5533 | return CXLinkage_Invalid;
|
| 5534 |
|
| 5535 | Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
|
| 5536 | if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D))
|
| 5537 | switch (ND->getLinkage()) {
|
| 5538 | case NoLinkage: return CXLinkage_NoLinkage;
|
| 5539 | case InternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_Internal;
|
| 5540 | case UniqueExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_UniqueExternal;
|
| 5541 | case ExternalLinkage: return CXLinkage_External;
|
| 5542 | };
|
| 5543 |
|
| 5544 | return CXLinkage_Invalid;
|
| 5545 | }
|
| 5546 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 5547 |
|
| 5548 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5549 | // Operations for querying language of a cursor.
|
| 5550 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5551 |
|
| 5552 | static CXLanguageKind getDeclLanguage(const Decl *D) {
|
| 5553 | if (!D)
|
| 5554 | return CXLanguage_C;
|
| 5555 |
|
| 5556 | switch (D->getKind()) {
|
| 5557 | default:
|
| 5558 | break;
|
| 5559 | case Decl::ImplicitParam:
|
| 5560 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
|
| 5561 | case Decl::ObjCCategory:
|
| 5562 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
|
| 5563 | case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias:
|
| 5564 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
|
| 5565 | case Decl::ObjCInterface:
|
| 5566 | case Decl::ObjCIvar:
|
| 5567 | case Decl::ObjCMethod:
|
| 5568 | case Decl::ObjCProperty:
|
| 5569 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
|
| 5570 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
|
| 5571 | return CXLanguage_ObjC;
|
| 5572 | case Decl::CXXConstructor:
|
| 5573 | case Decl::CXXConversion:
|
| 5574 | case Decl::CXXDestructor:
|
| 5575 | case Decl::CXXMethod:
|
| 5576 | case Decl::CXXRecord:
|
| 5577 | case Decl::ClassTemplate:
|
| 5578 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
|
| 5579 | case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization:
|
| 5580 | case Decl::Friend:
|
| 5581 | case Decl::FriendTemplate:
|
| 5582 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
|
| 5583 | case Decl::LinkageSpec:
|
| 5584 | case Decl::Namespace:
|
| 5585 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
|
| 5586 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
|
| 5587 | case Decl::StaticAssert:
|
| 5588 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
|
| 5589 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
|
| 5590 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
|
| 5591 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
|
| 5592 | case Decl::Using:
|
| 5593 | case Decl::UsingDirective:
|
| 5594 | case Decl::UsingShadow:
|
| 5595 | return CXLanguage_CPlusPlus;
|
| 5596 | }
|
| 5597 |
|
| 5598 | return CXLanguage_C;
|
| 5599 | }
|
| 5600 |
|
| 5601 | extern "C" {
|
| 5602 |
|
| 5603 | enum CXAvailabilityKind clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor) {
|
| 5604 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
|
| 5605 | if (Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
|
| 5606 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isDeleted())
|
| 5607 | return CXAvailability_Available;
|
| 5608 |
|
| 5609 | switch (D->getAvailability()) {
|
| 5610 | case AR_Available:
|
| 5611 | case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
|
| 5612 | return CXAvailability_Available;
|
| 5613 |
|
| 5614 | case AR_Deprecated:
|
| 5615 | return CXAvailability_Deprecated;
|
| 5616 |
|
| 5617 | case AR_Unavailable:
|
| 5618 | return CXAvailability_NotAvailable;
|
| 5619 | }
|
| 5620 | }
|
| 5621 |
|
| 5622 | return CXAvailability_Available;
|
| 5623 | }
|
| 5624 |
|
| 5625 | static CXVersion convertVersion(VersionTuple In) {
|
| 5626 | CXVersion Out = { -1, -1, -1 };
|
| 5627 | if (In.empty())
|
| 5628 | return Out;
|
| 5629 |
|
| 5630 | Out.Major = In.getMajor();
|
| 5631 |
|
| 5632 | if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Minor = In.getMinor())
|
| 5633 | Out.Minor = *Minor;
|
| 5634 | else
|
| 5635 | return Out;
|
| 5636 |
|
| 5637 | if (llvm::Optional<unsigned> Subminor = In.getSubminor())
|
| 5638 | Out.Subminor = *Subminor;
|
| 5639 |
|
| 5640 | return Out;
|
| 5641 | }
|
| 5642 |
|
| 5643 | int clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
|
| 5644 | int *always_deprecated,
|
| 5645 | CXString *deprecated_message,
|
| 5646 | int *always_unavailable,
|
| 5647 | CXString *unavailable_message,
|
| 5648 | CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
|
| 5649 | int availability_size) {
|
| 5650 | if (always_deprecated)
|
| 5651 | *always_deprecated = 0;
|
| 5652 | if (deprecated_message)
|
| 5653 | *deprecated_message = cxstring::createCXString("", /*DupString=*/false);
|
| 5654 | if (always_unavailable)
|
| 5655 | *always_unavailable = 0;
|
| 5656 | if (unavailable_message)
|
| 5657 | *unavailable_message = cxstring::createCXString("", /*DupString=*/false);
|
| 5658 |
|
| 5659 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
|
| 5660 | return 0;
|
| 5661 |
|
| 5662 | Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor);
|
| 5663 | if (!D)
|
| 5664 | return 0;
|
| 5665 |
|
| 5666 | int N = 0;
|
| 5667 | for (Decl::attr_iterator A = D->attr_begin(), AEnd = D->attr_end(); A != AEnd;
|
| 5668 | ++A) {
|
| 5669 | if (DeprecatedAttr *Deprecated = dyn_cast<DeprecatedAttr>(*A)) {
|
| 5670 | if (always_deprecated)
|
| 5671 | *always_deprecated = 1;
|
| 5672 | if (deprecated_message)
|
| 5673 | *deprecated_message = cxstring::createCXString(Deprecated->getMessage());
|
| 5674 | continue;
|
| 5675 | }
|
| 5676 |
|
| 5677 | if (UnavailableAttr *Unavailable = dyn_cast<UnavailableAttr>(*A)) {
|
| 5678 | if (always_unavailable)
|
| 5679 | *always_unavailable = 1;
|
| 5680 | if (unavailable_message) {
|
| 5681 | *unavailable_message
|
| 5682 | = cxstring::createCXString(Unavailable->getMessage());
|
| 5683 | }
|
| 5684 | continue;
|
| 5685 | }
|
| 5686 |
|
| 5687 | if (AvailabilityAttr *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(*A)) {
|
| 5688 | if (N < availability_size) {
|
| 5689 | availability[N].Platform
|
| 5690 | = cxstring::createCXString(Avail->getPlatform()->getName());
|
| 5691 | availability[N].Introduced = convertVersion(Avail->getIntroduced());
|
| 5692 | availability[N].Deprecated = convertVersion(Avail->getDeprecated());
|
| 5693 | availability[N].Obsoleted = convertVersion(Avail->getObsoleted());
|
| 5694 | availability[N].Unavailable = Avail->getUnavailable();
|
| 5695 | availability[N].Message = cxstring::createCXString(Avail->getMessage());
|
| 5696 | }
|
| 5697 | ++N;
|
| 5698 | }
|
| 5699 | }
|
| 5700 |
|
| 5701 | return N;
|
| 5702 | }
|
| 5703 |
|
| 5704 | void clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability) {
|
| 5705 | clang_disposeString(availability->Platform);
|
| 5706 | clang_disposeString(availability->Message);
|
| 5707 | }
|
| 5708 |
|
| 5709 | CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor) {
|
| 5710 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind))
|
| 5711 | return getDeclLanguage(cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor));
|
| 5712 |
|
| 5713 | return CXLanguage_Invalid;
|
| 5714 | }
|
| 5715 |
|
| 5716 | /// \brief If the given cursor is the "templated" declaration
|
| 5717 | /// descibing a class or function template, return the class or
|
| 5718 | /// function template.
|
| 5719 | static Decl *maybeGetTemplateCursor(Decl *D) {
|
| 5720 | if (!D)
|
| 5721 | return 0;
|
| 5722 |
|
| 5723 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
|
| 5724 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
|
| 5725 | return FunTmpl;
|
| 5726 |
|
| 5727 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))
|
| 5728 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTmpl = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
|
| 5729 | return ClassTmpl;
|
| 5730 |
|
| 5731 | return D;
|
| 5732 | }
|
| 5733 |
|
| 5734 | CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor) {
|
| 5735 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
|
| 5736 | if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
|
| 5737 | DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
|
| 5738 | if (!DC)
|
| 5739 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 5740 |
|
| 5741 | return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)),
|
| 5742 | getCursorTU(cursor));
|
| 5743 | }
|
| 5744 | }
|
| 5745 |
|
| 5746 | if (clang_isStatement(cursor.kind) || clang_isExpression(cursor.kind)) {
|
| 5747 | if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor))
|
| 5748 | return MakeCXCursor(D, getCursorTU(cursor));
|
| 5749 | }
|
| 5750 |
|
| 5751 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 5752 | }
|
| 5753 |
|
| 5754 | CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor) {
|
| 5755 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) {
|
| 5756 | if (Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) {
|
| 5757 | DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
|
| 5758 | if (!DC)
|
| 5759 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 5760 |
|
| 5761 | return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)),
|
| 5762 | getCursorTU(cursor));
|
| 5763 | }
|
| 5764 | }
|
| 5765 |
|
| 5766 | // FIXME: Note that we can't easily compute the lexical context of a
|
| 5767 | // statement or expression, so we return nothing.
|
| 5768 | return clang_getNullCursor();
|
| 5769 | }
|
| 5770 |
|
| 5771 | CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor) {
|
| 5772 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_InclusionDirective)
|
| 5773 | return 0;
|
| 5774 |
|
| 5775 | InclusionDirective *ID = getCursorInclusionDirective(cursor);
|
| 5776 | return (void *)ID->getFile();
|
| 5777 | }
|
| 5778 |
|
| 5779 | CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C) {
|
| 5780 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 5781 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 5782 |
|
| 5783 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 5784 | ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
|
| 5785 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
|
| 5786 | if (!RC)
|
| 5787 | return clang_getNullRange();
|
| 5788 |
|
| 5789 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Context, RC->getSourceRange());
|
| 5790 | }
|
| 5791 |
|
| 5792 | CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C) {
|
| 5793 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 5794 | return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
|
| 5795 |
|
| 5796 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 5797 | ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
|
| 5798 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
|
| 5799 | StringRef RawText = RC ? RC->getRawText(Context.getSourceManager()) :
|
| 5800 | StringRef();
|
| 5801 |
|
| 5802 | // Don't duplicate the string because RawText points directly into source
|
| 5803 | // code.
|
| 5804 | return createCXString(RawText, false);
|
| 5805 | }
|
| 5806 |
|
| 5807 | CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C) {
|
| 5808 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 5809 | return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
|
| 5810 |
|
| 5811 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 5812 | const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
|
| 5813 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D);
|
| 5814 |
|
| 5815 | if (RC) {
|
| 5816 | StringRef BriefText = RC->getBriefText(Context);
|
| 5817 |
|
| 5818 | // Don't duplicate the string because RawComment ensures that this memory
|
| 5819 | // will not go away.
|
| 5820 | return createCXString(BriefText, false);
|
| 5821 | }
|
| 5822 |
|
| 5823 | return createCXString((const char *) NULL);
|
| 5824 | }
|
| 5825 |
|
| 5826 | CXComment clang_Cursor_getParsedComment(CXCursor C) {
|
| 5827 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 5828 | return cxcomment::createCXComment(NULL, NULL);
|
| 5829 |
|
| 5830 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 5831 | const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C);
|
| 5832 | const comments::FullComment *FC = Context.getCommentForDecl(D, /*PP=*/ NULL);
|
| 5833 |
|
| 5834 | return cxcomment::createCXComment(FC, getCursorTU(C));
|
| 5835 | }
|
| 5836 |
|
| 5837 | CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C) {
|
| 5838 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) {
|
| 5839 | if (ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)))
|
| 5840 | return ImportD->getImportedModule();
|
| 5841 | }
|
| 5842 |
|
| 5843 | return 0;
|
| 5844 | }
|
| 5845 |
|
| 5846 | CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule CXMod) {
|
| 5847 | if (!CXMod)
|
| 5848 | return 0;
|
| 5849 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
|
| 5850 | return Mod->Parent;
|
| 5851 | }
|
| 5852 |
|
| 5853 | CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule CXMod) {
|
| 5854 | if (!CXMod)
|
| 5855 | return createCXString("");
|
| 5856 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
|
| 5857 | return createCXString(Mod->Name);
|
| 5858 | }
|
| 5859 |
|
| 5860 | CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule CXMod) {
|
| 5861 | if (!CXMod)
|
| 5862 | return createCXString("");
|
| 5863 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
|
| 5864 | return createCXString(Mod->getFullModuleName());
|
| 5865 | }
|
| 5866 |
|
| 5867 | unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXModule CXMod) {
|
| 5868 | if (!CXMod)
|
| 5869 | return 0;
|
| 5870 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
|
| 5871 | return Mod->TopHeaders.size();
|
| 5872 | }
|
| 5873 |
|
| 5874 | CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXModule CXMod, unsigned Index) {
|
| 5875 | if (!CXMod)
|
| 5876 | return 0;
|
| 5877 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module*>(CXMod);
|
| 5878 |
|
| 5879 | if (Index < Mod->TopHeaders.size())
|
| 5880 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(Mod->TopHeaders[Index]);
|
| 5881 |
|
| 5882 | return 0;
|
| 5883 | }
|
| 5884 |
|
| 5885 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 5886 |
|
| 5887 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5888 | // C++ AST instrospection.
|
| 5889 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5890 |
|
| 5891 | extern "C" {
|
| 5892 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C) {
|
| 5893 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 5894 | return 0;
|
| 5895 |
|
| 5896 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
|
| 5897 | Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 5898 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
|
| 5899 | Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
|
| 5900 | else
|
| 5901 | Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
|
| 5902 | return (Method && Method->isStatic()) ? 1 : 0;
|
| 5903 | }
|
| 5904 |
|
| 5905 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C) {
|
| 5906 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind))
|
| 5907 | return 0;
|
| 5908 |
|
| 5909 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
|
| 5910 | Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C);
|
| 5911 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
|
| 5912 | Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
|
| 5913 | else
|
| 5914 | Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
|
| 5915 | return (Method && Method->isVirtual()) ? 1 : 0;
|
| 5916 | }
|
| 5917 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 5918 |
|
| 5919 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5920 | // Attribute introspection.
|
| 5921 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5922 |
|
| 5923 | extern "C" {
|
| 5924 | CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor C) {
|
| 5925 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr)
|
| 5926 | return cxtype::MakeCXType(QualType(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C));
|
| 5927 |
|
| 5928 | IBOutletCollectionAttr *A =
|
| 5929 | cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C));
|
| 5930 |
|
| 5931 | return cxtype::MakeCXType(A->getInterface(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C));
|
| 5932 | }
|
| 5933 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 5934 |
|
| 5935 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5936 | // Inspecting memory usage.
|
| 5937 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 5938 |
|
| 5939 | typedef std::vector<CXTUResourceUsageEntry> MemUsageEntries;
|
| 5940 |
|
| 5941 | static inline void createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(MemUsageEntries &entries,
|
| 5942 | enum CXTUResourceUsageKind k,
|
| 5943 | unsigned long amount) {
|
| 5944 | CXTUResourceUsageEntry entry = { k, amount };
|
| 5945 | entries.push_back(entry);
|
| 5946 | }
|
| 5947 |
|
| 5948 | extern "C" {
|
| 5949 |
|
| 5950 | const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(CXTUResourceUsageKind kind) {
|
| 5951 | const char *str = "";
|
| 5952 | switch (kind) {
|
| 5953 | case CXTUResourceUsage_AST:
|
| 5954 | str = "ASTContext: expressions, declarations, and types";
|
| 5955 | break;
|
| 5956 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers:
|
| 5957 | str = "ASTContext: identifiers";
|
| 5958 | break;
|
| 5959 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors:
|
| 5960 | str = "ASTContext: selectors";
|
| 5961 | break;
|
| 5962 | case CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults:
|
| 5963 | str = "Code completion: cached global results";
|
| 5964 | break;
|
| 5965 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache:
|
| 5966 | str = "SourceManager: content cache allocator";
|
| 5967 | break;
|
| 5968 | case CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables:
|
| 5969 | str = "ASTContext: side tables";
|
| 5970 | break;
|
| 5971 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc:
|
| 5972 | str = "SourceManager: malloc'ed memory buffers";
|
| 5973 | break;
|
| 5974 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap:
|
| 5975 | str = "SourceManager: mmap'ed memory buffers";
|
| 5976 | break;
|
| 5977 | case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc:
|
| 5978 | str = "ExternalASTSource: malloc'ed memory buffers";
|
| 5979 | break;
|
| 5980 | case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap:
|
| 5981 | str = "ExternalASTSource: mmap'ed memory buffers";
|
| 5982 | break;
|
| 5983 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor:
|
| 5984 | str = "Preprocessor: malloc'ed memory";
|
| 5985 | break;
|
| 5986 | case CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord:
|
| 5987 | str = "Preprocessor: PreprocessingRecord";
|
| 5988 | break;
|
| 5989 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures:
|
| 5990 | str = "SourceManager: data structures and tables";
|
| 5991 | break;
|
| 5992 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch:
|
| 5993 | str = "Preprocessor: header search tables";
|
| 5994 | break;
|
| 5995 | }
|
| 5996 | return str;
|
| 5997 | }
|
| 5998 |
|
| 5999 | CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
|
| 6000 | if (!TU) {
|
| 6001 | CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) 0, 0, 0 };
|
| 6002 | return usage;
|
| 6003 | }
|
| 6004 |
|
| 6005 | ASTUnit *astUnit = static_cast<ASTUnit*>(TU->TUData);
|
| 6006 | OwningPtr<MemUsageEntries> entries(new MemUsageEntries());
|
| 6007 | ASTContext &astContext = astUnit->getASTContext();
|
| 6008 |
|
| 6009 | // How much memory is used by AST nodes and types?
|
| 6010 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
|
| 6011 | (unsigned long) astContext.getASTAllocatedMemory());
|
| 6012 |
|
| 6013 | // How much memory is used by identifiers?
|
| 6014 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers,
|
| 6015 | (unsigned long) astContext.Idents.getAllocator().getTotalMemory());
|
| 6016 |
|
| 6017 | // How much memory is used for selectors?
|
| 6018 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors,
|
| 6019 | (unsigned long) astContext.Selectors.getTotalMemory());
|
| 6020 |
|
| 6021 | // How much memory is used by ASTContext's side tables?
|
| 6022 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables,
|
| 6023 | (unsigned long) astContext.getSideTableAllocatedMemory());
|
| 6024 |
|
| 6025 | // How much memory is used for caching global code completion results?
|
| 6026 | unsigned long completionBytes = 0;
|
| 6027 | if (GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator *completionAllocator =
|
| 6028 | astUnit->getCachedCompletionAllocator().getPtr()) {
|
| 6029 | completionBytes = completionAllocator->getTotalMemory();
|
| 6030 | }
|
| 6031 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6032 | CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults,
|
| 6033 | completionBytes);
|
| 6034 |
|
| 6035 | // How much memory is being used by SourceManager's content cache?
|
| 6036 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6037 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache,
|
| 6038 | (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager().getContentCacheSize());
|
| 6039 |
|
| 6040 | // How much memory is being used by the MemoryBuffer's in SourceManager?
|
| 6041 | const SourceManager::MemoryBufferSizes &srcBufs =
|
| 6042 | astUnit->getSourceManager().getMemoryBufferSizes();
|
| 6043 |
|
| 6044 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6045 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc,
|
| 6046 | (unsigned long) srcBufs.malloc_bytes);
|
| 6047 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6048 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap,
|
| 6049 | (unsigned long) srcBufs.mmap_bytes);
|
| 6050 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6051 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures,
|
| 6052 | (unsigned long) astContext.getSourceManager()
|
| 6053 | .getDataStructureSizes());
|
| 6054 |
|
| 6055 | // How much memory is being used by the ExternalASTSource?
|
| 6056 | if (ExternalASTSource *esrc = astContext.getExternalSource()) {
|
| 6057 | const ExternalASTSource::MemoryBufferSizes &sizes =
|
| 6058 | esrc->getMemoryBufferSizes();
|
| 6059 |
|
| 6060 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6061 | CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc,
|
| 6062 | (unsigned long) sizes.malloc_bytes);
|
| 6063 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6064 | CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap,
|
| 6065 | (unsigned long) sizes.mmap_bytes);
|
| 6066 | }
|
| 6067 |
|
| 6068 | // How much memory is being used by the Preprocessor?
|
| 6069 | Preprocessor &pp = astUnit->getPreprocessor();
|
| 6070 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6071 | CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor,
|
| 6072 | pp.getTotalMemory());
|
| 6073 |
|
| 6074 | if (PreprocessingRecord *pRec = pp.getPreprocessingRecord()) {
|
| 6075 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6076 | CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord,
|
| 6077 | pRec->getTotalMemory());
|
| 6078 | }
|
| 6079 |
|
| 6080 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries,
|
| 6081 | CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
|
| 6082 | pp.getHeaderSearchInfo().getTotalMemory());
|
| 6083 |
|
| 6084 | CXTUResourceUsage usage = { (void*) entries.get(),
|
| 6085 | (unsigned) entries->size(),
|
| 6086 | entries->size() ? &(*entries)[0] : 0 };
|
| 6087 | entries.take();
|
| 6088 | return usage;
|
| 6089 | }
|
| 6090 |
|
| 6091 | void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage) {
|
| 6092 | if (usage.data)
|
| 6093 | delete (MemUsageEntries*) usage.data;
|
| 6094 | }
|
| 6095 |
|
| 6096 | } // end extern "C"
|
| 6097 |
|
| 6098 | void clang::PrintLibclangResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) {
|
| 6099 | CXTUResourceUsage Usage = clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(TU);
|
| 6100 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != Usage.numEntries; ++I)
|
| 6101 | fprintf(stderr, " %s: %lu\n",
|
| 6102 | clang_getTUResourceUsageName(Usage.entries[I].kind),
|
| 6103 | Usage.entries[I].amount);
|
| 6104 |
|
| 6105 | clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(Usage);
|
| 6106 | }
|
| 6107 |
|
| 6108 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 6109 | // Misc. utility functions.
|
| 6110 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
| 6111 |
|
| 6112 | /// Default to using an 8 MB stack size on "safety" threads.
|
| 6113 | static unsigned SafetyStackThreadSize = 8 << 20;
|
| 6114 |
|
| 6115 | namespace clang {
|
| 6116 |
|
| 6117 | bool RunSafely(llvm::CrashRecoveryContext &CRC,
|
| 6118 | void (*Fn)(void*), void *UserData,
|
| 6119 | unsigned Size) {
|
| 6120 | if (!Size)
|
| 6121 | Size = GetSafetyThreadStackSize();
|
| 6122 | if (Size)
|
| 6123 | return CRC.RunSafelyOnThread(Fn, UserData, Size);
|
| 6124 | return CRC.RunSafely(Fn, UserData);
|
| 6125 | }
|
| 6126 |
|
| 6127 | unsigned GetSafetyThreadStackSize() {
|
| 6128 | return SafetyStackThreadSize;
|
| 6129 | }
|
| 6130 |
|
| 6131 | void SetSafetyThreadStackSize(unsigned Value) {
|
| 6132 | SafetyStackThreadSize = Value;
|
| 6133 | }
|
| 6134 |
|
| 6135 | }
|
| 6136 |
|
| 6137 | void clang::setThreadBackgroundPriority() {
|
| 6138 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_DISABLE"))
|
| 6139 | return;
|
| 6140 |
|
| 6141 | // FIXME: Move to llvm/Support and make it cross-platform.
|
| 6142 | #ifdef __APPLE__
|
| 6143 | setpriority(PRIO_DARWIN_THREAD, 0, PRIO_DARWIN_BG);
|
| 6144 | #endif
|
| 6145 | }
|
| 6146 |
|
| 6147 | void cxindex::printDiagsToStderr(ASTUnit *Unit) {
|
| 6148 | if (!Unit)
|
| 6149 | return;
|
| 6150 |
|
| 6151 | for (ASTUnit::stored_diag_iterator D = Unit->stored_diag_begin(),
|
| 6152 | DEnd = Unit->stored_diag_end();
|
| 6153 | D != DEnd; ++D) {
|
| 6154 | CXStoredDiagnostic Diag(*D, Unit->getASTContext().getLangOpts());
|
| 6155 | CXString Msg = clang_formatDiagnostic(&Diag,
|
| 6156 | clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions());
|
| 6157 | fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", clang_getCString(Msg));
|
| 6158 | clang_disposeString(Msg);
|
| 6159 | }
|
| 6160 | #ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32
|
| 6161 | // On Windows, force a flush, since there may be multiple copies of
|
| 6162 | // stderr and stdout in the file system, all with different buffers
|
| 6163 | // but writing to the same device.
|
| 6164 | fflush(stderr);
|
| 6165 | #endif
|
| 6166 | }
|
| 6167 |
|
| 6168 | extern "C" {
|
| 6169 |
|
| 6170 | CXString clang_getClangVersion() {
|
| 6171 | return createCXString(getClangFullVersion());
|
| 6172 | }
|
| 6173 |
|
| 6174 | } // end: extern "C"
|
| 6175 |
|